Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

possess some quality

  • 1 possess

    transitive verb
    1) (own) besitzen
    2) (have as faculty or quality) haben
    3) (dominate) [Furcht usw.:] ergreifen, Besitz nehmen von [Person]

    what possessed you/him? — (coll.) was ist in dich/ihn gefahren?

    * * *
    [pə'zes]
    (to own or have: How much money does he possess?) besitzen
    - academic.ru/56938/possession">possession
    - possessive
    - possessively
    - possessiveness
    - possessor
    * * *
    pos·sess
    [pəˈzes]
    vt
    1. (own, have)
    ▪ to \possess sth etw besitzen
    to \possess charm Charme haben [o besitzen]
    to \possess dignity voller Würde sein
    to \possess magical powers über magische Kräfte verfügen
    to \possess special skills besondere Fähigkeiten besitzen
    2. LAW (carry illegally)
    ▪ to \possess sth etw [illegal] besitzen
    he was sentenced to six months' imprisonment for \possessing heroin er wurde wegen Heroinbesitzes zu sechs Monaten Haft verurteilt
    they've been charged with \possessing guns and explosives sie sind wegen Waffen- und Sprengstoffbesitzes angeklagt worden
    3. ( fam: cause)
    ▪ to \possess sb:
    what \possessed you? was ist denn [bloß] in dich gefahren?
    whatever \possessed him to... wie ist er bloß auf den Gedanken gekommen,...
    4. usu passive (control)
    to be \possessed by demons/the Devil von Dämonen/vom Teufel besessen sein
    to be \possessed by the urge to do sth von dem Drang besessen sein, etw tun zu müssen
    like [some]one/a man/woman \possessed wie ein Besessener/eine Besessene
    ▪ to be \possessed of sth etw besitzen [o haben]
    to be \possessed of a sense of humour Humor haben
    6.
    ▶ to \possess oneself in patience sich akk in Geduld üben
    * * *
    [pə'zes]
    vt
    besitzen; (form) foreign language, facts verfügen über (+acc)

    it possesses many advantages — es hat viele Vorteile

    to be possessed by the urge to do sth — von dem Drang besessen sein, etw tun zu müssen

    like a man/woman possessed —

    whatever possessed you to do that? —

    * * *
    possess [pəˈzes] v/t
    1. allg, auch fig Eigenschaften, Mut, Kenntnisse etc besitzen, haben
    2. im Besitz haben, (inne)haben: → possessed 1
    3. Gewalt haben über (akk), auch weitS. eine Sprache etc beherrschen:
    possess one’s soul in patience obs sich in Geduld fassen
    4. fig (geistig) beherrschen, erfüllen ( with mit)
    5. jemanden in den Besitz bringen oder zum Besitzer machen (of, with von oder gen):
    be possessed of sth etwas besitzen;
    possess o.s. of sth etwas in Besitz nehmen, sich einer Sache bemächtigen
    * * *
    transitive verb
    1) (own) besitzen
    3) (dominate) [Furcht usw.:] ergreifen, Besitz nehmen von [Person]

    what possessed you/him? — (coll.) was ist in dich/ihn gefahren?

    * * *
    v.
    besitzen v.

    English-german dictionary > possess

  • 2 quality

    1. noun
    1) Qualität, die

    of good/poor etc. quality — von guter/schlechter usw. Qualität

    of the best quality — bester Qualität

    2) (characteristic) Eigenschaft, die

    possess the qualities of a ruler/leader — eine Führernatur sein

    3) (of sound, voice) Klang, der
    2. adjective
    1) (excellent) Qualitäts-
    2) (maintaining quality) Qualitäts[prüfung, -kontrolle]; (denoting quality) Güte[grad, -klasse, -zeichen]
    * * *
    ['kwoləti]
    plural - qualities; noun
    1) (the extent to which something has features which are good or bad etc, especially features which are good: We produce several different qualities of paper; In this firm, we look for quality rather than quantity; ( also adjective) quality goods.) die Qualität,Qualitäts-...
    2) (some (usually good) feature which makes a person or thing special or noticeable: Kindness is a human quality which everyone admires.) die Eigenschaft
    * * *
    qual·ity
    [ˈkwɒləti, AM ˈkwɑ:lət̬i]
    I. n
    1. (standard) Qualität f, Güte f, Wert m; MECH, TECH Gütegrad m fachspr
    \quality of life Lebensqualität f
    of high/low \quality von hoher/minderer Qualität, hochwertig/minderwertig
    first/second \quality erste/zweite Qualität [o Wahl] [o Klasse]
    to vary in \quality sich akk qualitätsmäßig unterscheiden
    2. (character) Art f, Beschaffenheit f, Natur f
    the unique \quality of their relationship die Einzigartigkeit ihrer Beziehung
    3. (feature) Eigenschaft f, Merkmal nt
    artistic \quality künstlerisches Merkmal
    managerial qualities Führungsqualitäten pl, Führungseigenschaften pl
    the school has many excellent qualities die Schule hat viele Vorzüge
    this cheese has a rather rubbery \quality to it dieser Käse hat etwas ziemlich Gummiartiges an sich
    4. ( dated or hum: high rank) Rang m, hohes Ansehen
    to be a person of \quality jd von Rang [und Namen] sein
    II. n modifier [qualitativ] hochwertig, Qualitäts-
    \quality assessment Qualitätsprüfung f
    \quality control COMPUT Qualitätskontrolle f
    \quality goods/products Qualitätswaren pl/Qualitätserzeugnisse pl; ( fam)
    that's a real \quality job you've done there das hast du wirklich toll gemacht fam
    * * *
    ['kwɒlItɪ]
    1. n
    1) (= degree of goodness) Qualität f; (COMM, categorized) Güteklasse f, Qualität f; (of justice, education etc) (hoher) Stand

    of good/poor quality — von guter/schlechter Qualität, qualitativ gut/schlecht

    2) (= characteristics of person, thing) Eigenschaft f

    he has the quality of great patience — er hat viel or große Geduld, er ist sehr geduldig

    3) (= nature) Art f

    because of the unique quality of the relationship — da es eine einzigartige Beziehung war

    4) (of voice, sound) Klangfarbe f; (LING) Qualität f; (of colour) Farbqualität f
    5) (old, hum: high rank) vornehmer Stand

    the quality — die Oberschicht, die vornehme Welt

    people of quality — Leute pl von Rang und Namen

    2. attr
    2) (inf: good) erstklassig (inf); newspaper angesehen, seriös
    * * *
    quality [ˈkwɒlətı; US ˈkwɑ-] s
    1. Eigenschaft f:
    (good) quality gute Eigenschaft;
    in the quality of (in der Eigenschaft) als
    2. Beschaffenheit f, (Eigen)Art f, Natur f
    3. besonders WIRTSCH
    a) Qualität f:
    in quality qualitativ;
    of low ( oder poor) quality minderer Qualität;
    quality of life SOZIOL Lebensqualität;
    quality of sound TV etc Tonqualität;
    quality time ausschließlich der Familie gewidmete Zeit
    b) (gute) Qualität, Güte f:
    quality control Qualitätskontrolle f;
    quality factor Gütefaktor m; (Radiologie) Bewertungs-, Qualitätsfaktor m;
    quality goods Qualitätswaren;
    quality management Qualitätsmanagement n;
    quality (news)paper seriöse Zeitung
    c) Güte(sorte) f, Klasse f
    4. Erstklassigkeit f, Klasse f
    5. Talent n, Fähigkeit f:
    qualities of leadership Führungsqualitäten
    6. obs Vornehmheit f, vornehmer Stand:
    person of quality Standesperson f;
    the people pl of quality die vornehme Welt
    7. LING, MUS Klangfarbe f
    8. PHIL Qualität f
    * * *
    1. noun
    1) Qualität, die

    of good/poor etc. quality — von guter/schlechter usw. Qualität

    2) (characteristic) Eigenschaft, die

    possess the qualities of a ruler/leader — eine Führernatur sein

    3) (of sound, voice) Klang, der
    2. adjective
    1) (excellent) Qualitäts-
    2) (maintaining quality) Qualitäts[prüfung, -kontrolle]; (denoting quality) Güte[grad, -klasse, -zeichen]
    * * *
    n.
    Beschaffenheit f.
    Eigenschaft f.
    Güte -n f.
    Qualität -en f.

    English-german dictionary > quality

  • 3 possess

    1. I
    all I possess все, чем я владею, все мое имущество
    2. III
    1) possess smth. possess property (wealth, a house of one's own, three suits of clothes, every kind of information, etc.) иметь собственность и т.д.; possess land владеть землей; possess rights иметь права, обладать правами; this museum possesses many objects of interest в этом музее [имеется] много интересных экспонатов
    2) possess smth. possess character (great wisdom, ability and influence, good qualities, etc.) обладать [сильным] характером и т.д., иметь характер и т.д.; she possesses considerable knowledge for a young girl она обладает большими знаниями для такой молоденькой девушки; а dog possesses a keen sense of smell у собаки развито чувство обоняния, у собаки острый нюх
    3) possess smb., smth. anger possessed him его обуял /охватил/ гнев; only one thought possessed his mind им владела лишь одна мысль
    3. IV
    possess smth. in some manner possess smth. legally (legitimately, fully, originally, formally, nominally, proudly, etc.) законно и т.д. владеть чем-л.
    4. XI
    1) be possessed you are [surely] possessed вы одержимы /не в себе/; he fought like one possessed он дрался как одержимый; be possessed with /by/ smth. be possessed with an idea (by the desire to be rich, etc.) быть одержимым идеей и т.д.; be possessed with doubt (by fear, with a sense of being in danger, etc.) быть во власти сомнений и т.д., быть охваченным сомнениями и т.д.
    2) be possessed of smth. book. be possessed of a quality (of absolute power, of great scholarship, of great military strength, of a rare and delicate beauty, of a copious vocabulary, etc.) обладать /владеть, быть наделенным/ каким-л. качеством и т.д.; his work is scarcely possessed of any literary merit вряд ли его произведения обладают какими-либо литературными достоинствами; he is possessed of certain facts в его распоряжении имеются определенные данные /факты/

    English-Russian dictionary of verb phrases > possess

  • 4 hold

    1. I
    1) this горе (the twine, the tape, the string, the bootlace, etc.) will hold эта веревка и т. д. не порвется /выдержит/; the nail still holds гвоздь еще не выпал /держится/
    2) if rain (snow, frost, etc.) holds если будет продолжаться /без конца будет идти/ дождь и т. д.; if this weather holds если эта /такая/ погода удержится /будет стоять/; if your luck holds если счастье тебе не изменит; can the good weather hold? продержится ли хорошая погода?; the provisions will hold запасов пищи хватит; the comparison holds это сравнение вполне уместно
    3) to eat as much as one can hold наесться досыта /до отвала/
    2. II
    1) hold some time this principle (my promise, our bargain, this law, etc.) still holds этот принцип и т. д. [все] еще остается /продолжает оставаться/ в силе; his objection still holds он еще не снимает своего возражения; the good weather is still holding все еще стоит хорошая погода
    2) hold in some manner hold firm /fast, tight/ твердо /стойко/ держаться, оставаться твердым /стойким/; hold firm [until you hear from me] держись стойко [, пока я тебе не напишу]; our friendship will hold fast наша дружба будет прочной
    3. III
    1) hold smth., smb. hold a spoon (a knife, a candle, a cap, a baby, a cat, etc.) держать ложку и т. д.; hold smb.'s hand держать / взять/ кого-л. за руку; they were holding hands они держались за руки; hold the line! не кладите / не вешайте/ трубку! (при разговоре по телефону)
    2) hold smth., smb. hold a fort (a defile, a fortress, a position, a trench, etc.) удерживать /защищать/ крепость и т. д., it takes a number of men to hold him одному его не удержать; there is no holding that fellow с этим парнем никак не сладишь, удержу нет на этого парня; hold trains задерживать поезда; he could hardly hold the horses он едва удерживал /сдерживал/ лошадей; the farmers are holding the wheat фермеры придерживают свою пшеницу; hold a note тянуть [одну] ноту; hold one's breath задерживать /затаить/ дыхание; hold one's nose зажимать нос; hold smb.'s attention (one's audience, the pupils' attention, etc.) овладевать чьим-л. вниманием и т. д., удерживать чье-л. внимание и т. д.; constant change of scene held our attention непрерывная смена пейзажа не давала ослабнуть нашему вниманию
    3) hold smth. hold land (a large estate, a large property, etc.) владеть землей и т. д.; hold an office (an appointment, a position, etc.) занимать пост и т. д.; hold a professorship быть профессором, иметь профессорское звание; занимать должность профессора; hold a chair заведовать кафедрой; hold a rank иметь чин; hold a medal иметь медаль; hold first (second, etc.) place иметь /занять/ первое и т. д. место.
    4) hold smth., smb. hold a certain amount of liquid (5 gallons, all her clothes, a certain number of people, five persons, etc.) вмещать определенное количество жидкости и т. д.; this bucket will hold ten litres of water это ведро на 10 литров воды; this trunk holds all my things в этот сундук влезут /можно положить/ все мои вещи; the box held his securities в этой шкатулке лежали /были/ принадлежащие ему ценные бумаги; the new hall will hold three hundred spectators в новом зале сможет разместиться триста зрителей, новый зал рассчитан на триста зрителей; how many of us will your car hold? сколько человек сядет /влезет/ в твою машину?; each of these forms is to hold two pupils за каждой такой партой будут сидеть два ученика; sea water holds many salts in solution в морской воде содержится много солей; Westminster Abbey holds the bones of England's great men в Вестминстерском аббатстве покоятся останки великих людей Англии; the evening held a lot of surprises вечер был полон неожиданностей
    5) hold smth. hold a meeting (a demonstration, a debate, an election, a consultation, an examination, an investigation, talks, etc.) проводить /устраивать, организовывать/ собрание и т. д.; they decided to hold an exhibition они решили устроить выставку
    6) hold smth. hold a view (an opinion) придерживаться взгляда (мнения); I hold a different view я придерживаюсь другой точки зрения, я думаю иначе; hold a course придерживаться определенного курса
    4. IV
    1) hold smth., smb. in some manner hold smth., smb. tightly) (fast, firmly, straight, carelessly, etc.) держать что-л., кого-л. крепко и т. д.
    2) hold smb. , smth. in some manner hold smb., smth. in respect (in high esteem, in awe, in low regard, in contempt, etc.) относиться к кому-л., чему-л. с уважением и т. д.; hold smb. at one's mercy держать кого-л. в своей власти id hold smb. to ridicule выставлять кого-л. на посмешище
    3) hold smth. at some time I can't hold all these details at once я не могу (удержать в голове сразу все эти подробности
    5. V
    1) hold smb. smb. hold smb. prisoner держать кого-л. в плену /в качестве пленного/; hold smb. hostages держать кого-л. в качестве заложников
    2) hold it smth. I hold it my duty [to tell you... (to inform you...)] я считаю своей обязанностью /своим долгом/ [рассказать вам... (сообщить вам)...]
    6. VI
    1) hold smth. in some state hold a door (a window, a window vent, etc.) open (half open, shut, etc.) держать дверь и т. д. открытой и т. д.
    2) hold smb. in some state hold an audience (the spectators, the listeners, the whole house, etc.) spellbounc заставить аудиторию и т. д. слушать или смотреть, затаив дыхание; his lovely music held us spellbound его прекрасная музыка очаровала нас; hold smb. captive держать кого-л. в плену
    3) hold smth., smb. in some state hold smth. true (good, sacred, cheap, etc.) считать что-л. верным /справедливым/ и т. д.; I hold the very idea absurd я считаю абсурдной саму эту мысль; hold smb. responsible возлагать на кого-л. ответственность; we shall hold you responsible for the work вы будете отвечать за эту работу
    7. VII
    hold smb., smth. to possess some quality hold smb. to be wrong (to be right, to be clever, to be beautiful, etc.) считать кого-л. неправым и т. д., hold smth. to be impossible (to be inadmissible, to be illogical, etc.) считать что-л. невозможным и т. д.; hold smb. to be smth. hold smb. to be a fool (to be a clever man, to be a good husband, etc.) считать, что кто-л. дурак и т. д.
    8. XI.
    .1)
    be held for some time we were held till the evening нас задержали до вечера; be held at some place my money is held at the bank a) мой деньги находятся в банке; б) банк наложил арест на мои деньги; be held smb. I was held prisoner я находился в плену /в заточении/
    2)
    be held at some time the meeting (the debate, the conference, the funeral service, etc.) will be held on Monday (at 3 o'clock, etc.) собрание и т. д. состоится в понедельник и т. д.; when will the election be held? когда состоятся /будут проходить/ выборы?; be held in (at, etc.) smth. the meeting was held in (at) a very big hall собрание проходило в очень большем зале
    3)
    be held by smth. the button is held by a thread пуговица держалась на одной нитке; her scarf was held in place by a brooch ее шарфик был заколот брошкой
    4)
    it is held that... it is universally held by the writers that... у писателей общепризнанным считается, что...; be held to be in some state you will be held responsible вы за это ответите /будете нести ответственность/; he was held guilty (not guilty) он был признан виновным (невиновным)
    9. XV
    hold to possess some quality hold good /true, valid/ оставаться в силе; my promise (the order, the treaty, our bet, etc.) holds good мое обещание и т. д. остается в силе; the same criticism holds good with the second chapter такое же критическое замечание справедливо и в отношении второй главы
    10. XVI
    1) hold through smth. the supplies will hold through the winter (through the next three months, etc.) запасов хватит на всю зиму и т. д.
    2) hold to smth. hold to a chair (to a rail, to a bedstead, etc.) держаться за стул и т. д.
    3) hold against smb., smth. hold against an enemy (against an army, against troops, etc.) удерживать свои позиции против [нашествия] врага и т. д., hold against an attack [успешно] отбивать атаку
    4) hold to /by/ smth., smb. hold to a view (to /by/ an opinion, by one's principles, to /by a decision, to a rule, etc.) держаться /придерживаться/ взгляда /точки зрения/ и т. д., he held firm /fast/ to his resolve (to his beliefs, etc.) он твердо держался своего решения и т. д.; hold to a promise сдержать обещание; you should hold to the terms вы должны соблюдать условия [договора]; hold to one's friends (to one's party, to one's choice, etc.) быть /оставаться/ верным своим друзьям и т. д.; hold for (in) smth. this rule (the principle, the theory, the hypothesis, etc.) holds for all cases это правило подходит ко всем случаям; this holds in every case это верно для всех случаев /во всех случаях/ || who knows what the future /tomorrow/ holds for us? кто знает, что нам готовит будущее?; hold at some level the market holds at 20 roubles на рынке удерживается цена в двадцать рублей
    11. XVIII
    1) hold oneself she doesn't know how to hold herself она не знает, как держаться /как ей себя вести/; hold oneself in some manner hold oneself well (badly) хорошо (плохо) держаться; hold oneself in some position hold oneself straight (upright, etc.) держаться прямо и т. д.; hold yourself still for a few minutes while I make a sketch of you постойте или посидите спокойно несколько минут, пока я не сделаю [с вас] набросок; hold oneself like smb., smth. hold oneself like a queen (like a doll, etc.) держаться /вести себя/, как королева и т. д.
    2) hold oneself in some state hold oneself aloof (separate) держаться в стороне (отдельно от других); hold oneself ready /in readiness/ быть готовым; he held himself ready to start at a moment's notice он был готов отправиться по первому требованию
    3) hold oneself in some state hold oneself responsible считать себя ответственным; I do not hold myself responsible for what happened я не считаю себя ответственным за то, что произошло
    12. XXI1
    1) hold smb., smth. by smth. hold the child by the hand (a bull by the horn, the basket by the handle, the box by the rope, etc.) держать ребенка за руку и т. д., hold smth., smb. in (over, in front of, etc.) smth. hold the bag in one's hand (both hands over one's head, the creature before one's face, etc.) держать сумку в руке и т. д.; hold a cigarette (a pipe, a cigar. a cigarette-holder, etc.) between the teeth (between one's lips, in one's mouth, etc.) держать сигарету и т. д. в зубах и т. д.; hold smb. in one's arms обнимать кого-л., держать кого-л. в своих объятиях; he held his head in his hands он обхватил / сжал/ голову руками
    2) hold smth. against smb., smth. hold the fort against the enemy (the city against an army, the position against a detachment of parachute troops, etc.) защищать /оборонять/ крепость от неприятеля и т. д.; hold one's position against all competitors не сдавать своих позиций соперникам; hold one's own with smb. in beauty she held her own with all her rivals в красоте она не уступала ни одной из своих соперниц; hold smth. for smth. hold smb.'s baggage for non-payment of rent не отдавать кому-л. вещи до внесения квартирной платы; he held the audience for two hours он завладел вниманием слушателей на два часа; he held the floor for an hour он держал речь целый час; he holds the record for high jump он держит рекорд по прыжкам в высоту; hold smth. for smb. hold a room for me (seats for our guests, a book for first year students, etc.) оставьте /забронируйте, зарезервируйте/ комнату для меня и т. д., hold stocks for a rise попридержать акции до /, ожидая/ их повышения
    3) hold smb. for smth. hold smb. for theft арестовать кого-л. за воровство; держать кого-л. в тюрьме за воровство; hold smb. for ransom держать кого-л., пока за него не будет внесен выкуп; hold smb. on a charge of smth. hold smb. on a charge of theft (of murder, etc.) задержать кого-л. по обвинению в воровстве и т. д.; hold smb. in smth. hold smb. in prison (in custody) держать кого-л. в тюрьме (под стражей); hold smb. till smth. they will hold him till we pay (till he recants, till tomorrow, etc.) они не выпустят его [до тех пор], пока мы не заплатим и т. д.; hold smb. for some time a fever held him for a week лихорадка /высокая температура/ не отпускала его целую неделю, неделю он провалялся с лихорадкой /с температурой/; hold smb. in smth. hold smb. in suspense (in fear, etc.) держать кого-л. в напряженном ожидании и т. д., hold smb. in check сдерживать кого-л.
    4) hold smth. among smth. hold the first position among other similar institutions (among other boarding-houses, among many hotels, etc.) занимать ведущее положение среди других подобных учреждений и т.д., hold smth. at some time hold two offices at the same time занимать две должности одновременно
    5) hold smth. for smb. life holds a lot of surprises for us all жизнь полна неожиданностей для всех; who knows what the future holds for us? кто знает, что нас ждет в будущем /что нам сулит будущее/?; hold smth. in smth. I can't hold all these figures (these facts, so many names, etc.) in my head я не могу держать все эти цифры и т. д. в голове
    6) hold smb. to smth. hold smb. to a promise (to an agreement, to terms, etc.) требовать от кого-л. выполнения своего обещания и т. д., we shall hold you to your word мы будем добиваться, чтобы вы сдержали свое слово
    7) hold smth. with smb. hold a conversation (a parley, a talk, etc.) with smb. вести /проводить, поддерживать/ разговор /беседу/ и т. д с кем-л.; hold smth. for smb. hold a reception (a ball, a performance, a concert, etc.) for the guests устроить прием и т. д. в честь гостей
    13. XXII
    hold oneself (smb.) from doing smth. hold oneself from asking (from laughing, etc.) удержаться от того, чтобы спросить и т. д.
    14. XXIV1
    hold smb. as smb. hold smb. as hostage (as a criminal, as a spy, etc.) задерживать /держать (под стражей, в заточении и т. п.)/ кого-л. в качестве /как/ заложника и т. д.
    15. XXV
    hold that... hold that his plan is impracticable (that all his statements are very doubtful, etc.) полагать /считать, думать/, что его план неосуществим и т. д.

    English-Russian dictionary of verb phrases > hold

  • 5 find

    1. I
    seek, and уе shall find bibl. ищите и обрящите
    2. III
    1) find smth., smb. find a misplaced letter (one's gloves, her hat, one's lost dog, the lost child, etc.) находить /отыскивать/ затерявшееся письме и т. д.', I ran to find a doctor я побежал за врачом; I don't know where to find time не знаю, где взять время; find a new method (a new island, America, etc.) открывать новый метод и т.д; find the means (ways, data, a market, etc.) изыскивать /находить/ средства и т. д.; where shall I find the money? где мне (раздобыть деньги?, где я возьму деньги?; put the book back where you found it положите книгу обратно на место; leave the windows (the papers, her things, etc.) as one finds them оставить окна и т. д. как есть; we must leave everything as we find it мы ничего не должны трогать; take us as you find us принимайте нас такими, какие мы есть; the book found very few readers книга не была популярна у читателей, на книгу почти не было спроса; the anchor found bottom якорь коснулся дна; the bullet found its mark пуля попала в цель
    2) find smth. find the sum (the actual figures, the result, etc.) находить /определять, вычислять/ сумму и т. д.; find the sum of several numbers (the cube root of 71, the value of the unknown quantity, etc.) определить /вычислить/ сумму нескольких чисел и т. д.', what did you find the total? какой у вас получился итог?
    3. IV
    find smth., smb., in some manner find smth., smb. easily (promptly, suddenly, unexpectedly, by chance, intuitively, etc.) легко и т. д. находить что-л., кого-л.; find smth., smb. somewhere find one's way home (in, there, etc.) находить дорогу домой и т. д.', find smb. in (out) (не) заставать кого-л. дома; I can't find my keys anywhere [я] нигде не могу отыскать свой ключи; find smth., smb. at some time at last he found his way наконец он выбрался на [правильную] дорогу; at last he finds a wife for himself наконец он нашел себе жену
    4. V
    1) find smb. smth. find her a taxi (him his hat, them a boat, me a good book, etc.) найти ей такой и т. д.; I found him a job я подыскал ему работу
    2) find smb., smth. smb., smth. find him a trustworthy man (her a clever girl, it an offence, it a shame, etc.) считать /находить/ его надежным человеком и т. д.', I found him an agreeable person он показался мне приятным человеком, у меня сложилось о нем мнение как о приятном человеке; I find it my duty я считаю это своим долгом
    5. VI
    1) find smb. in some state find smb. gloomy (fretful, despondent, etc.) застать кого-л. в мрачном и т. д. настроении; I came and found her ill я пришел и увидел, что она больна; find smb. dead обнаружить, что кто-л. умер /мертв/, найти кого-л. мертвым, не застать кого-л. в живых
    2) find smb., smth. possessing some quality find smb. funny (ridiculous, foolish, very clever, pleasant, dishonest, etc.) находить /считать/ кого-л. смешным и т. д.; I find him strange today он мне кажется странным сегодня; find smb. guilty (innocent, insane. etc.) признавать кого-л. виновным и т.д., find smth. easy (the translation difficult, the remark helpful, the terms reasonable the bed comfortable, the story boring, it very annoying, etc.) находить /считать/ что-л. легким и т. д.; I find the weather pleasant today сегодня мне погода нравится; find it difficult (impossible, easy, etc.) to understand him (to make her come on time, to remember these figures, etc.) трудно и т. д. понять его и т. д.; we may find it necessary to leave early нам может быть придется рано уйти
    6. VII
    1) find smth. to do smth. find time to read (place to put it, courage to contradict him, a way to do so, one's way to make both ends meet, etc.) находить время [.чтобы] читать и т. д., he found nothing new to say он ничего нового не мог сказать; find the case to contain a pearl necklace обнаружить, что в футляре лежит жемчужное ожерелье
    2) find smth. to possess some quality find smth. to be true (to be false, to be funny, to be unusual, etc.) находить /убеждаться в том/, что это правильно /правда/ и т. д.
    7. VIII
    find smb. doing smth. find the girl waiting (her crying, the children gathering flowers, etc.) обнаружить /увидеть/. что девушка ждет и т. д.; I found myself disagreeing я вдруг [неожиданно для себя] начал спорить; понял, что я не согласен
    8. IX
    find smth., smb. in some state find the room locked (the event forgotten, the glass broken, the book borrowed, them gone, him arrested, her beaten up, the child taken from him, etc. обнаружить, что комната заперта и т. д.; find one self surrounded by children оказаться окруженным детьми; I found myself obliged to leave мне пришлось уйти
    9. XI
    I. be found in some place hares are found in woods зайцы водятся в лесах; pin-trees are found in most European countries сосны растут в большинстве европейских стран; it is found everywhere это можно найти где угодно. be found at some time these qualities are not often found такие качества нечасто встречаются
    2)
    be found smth. he was found a situation out of tow; ему нашли работу за городом; be found in some state he was found wounded (injured, beaten up, etc.) когда его нашли, увидели /обнаружили/. что он ранен и т. д.; be found somewhere a dagger was found on him when he was searched при обыске у него обнаружили кинжал; be found with smth. that is the only fault to be found with him это его единственный недостаток; it is not the only fault to be found with the play это отнюдь не единственный недостаток пьесы
    3)
    be found possessing some quality be found useful /of use (invaluable, of interest, etc.) быть признанным /считаться/ полезным и т. д.; he was found guilty его признали виновным; be found that it has been found that... было установлено, что...
    10. XVIII
    find oneself (at some time/ this author hasn't fount himself yet этот писатель еще не нашел себя
    11. XXI1
    1) find smth. in (through, etc.) smth. find mistakes in a composition (the required page in the book, a nickel in the street, copper in the mountains, one's way through the forest, etc.) находить ошибки в сочинении и т. д.; find ten stamps in that drawer найти десять марок в том ящике; find smth. in some state find the room in perfect order (the house in a filthy state, my papers in a mess, etc.) находить комнату в полном порядке и т. д. find smth. for smb., smth. find a post for him (time for almost anything, money for his education, etc.) найти ему место / должность / и т. д.; find smth. after smth. find smth. after a careful search найти / обнаружить / что-л. после тщательных поисков
    2) find smth. to(about, etc.) smth. find an answer to the problem (all about it, information on the subject, etc.) выяснить / найти / ответ на вопрос и т. д.
    3) find smb., smth. in / at, on / some place find smb. at home (in the garden, in the camp, at table, etc.) застать / найти / кого-л. дома и т. д.; I found him still in bed я застал его еще в постели; find oneself in hospital (in prison, on board the ship, etc.) оказаться в больнице и т. д.
    4) find its / one's / way (in)to (out of) smth. the river finds its way to the sea река впадает в море; how did it find its way into print? как это попало в печать?; I'll find my way out of these difficulties я сумею найти выход из этих трудностей
    5) find smth., smb. in smth., smb. find expression in smth. найти свое выражение в чём-л.; find a true friend in her (a warm supporter in him. etc.) обрести истинного друга в ней и т. д.; I can find по faults in him я не замечаю у него никаких недостатков; find smth. with smb. find happiness with smb. обрести счастье с кем-л.; find smth. for smth. find no reason for smth. не видеть / не находить / [никаких] причин для чего-л.; I can find по excuse for his behaviour я не представляю, как можно оправдать его поведение
    12. XXII
    find smth. in doing smth. find pleasure in gardening ( joy in dancing, difficulty in speaking aloud, etc.) с удовольствием заниматься садоводством и т. д.
    13. XXV
    find [that]... find that I was mistaken понять, что я ошибался; find that he could not swim обнаружить, что он не умеет плавать; this letter, I find, arrived yesterday письмо, я вижу / я обнаружил /, пришло вчера

    English-Russian dictionary of verb phrases > find

  • 6 have

    have [hæv]
    verbe auxiliaire ⇒ 1 avoir ⇒ 1, 2A (a)-(c), 2B (b)-(e), 2C (a), 2C (b), 2F (a), 2F (d), 2F (h), 2F (i) être ⇒ 1 posséder ⇒ 2A (a) disposer de ⇒ 2A (b) prendre ⇒ 2B (c) passer ⇒ 2B (d) recevoir ⇒ 2C (a), 2C (b) vouloir ⇒ 2C (c), 2F (f) tenir ⇒ 2D (a) faire faire ⇒ 2E (b), 2E (c) placer ⇒ 2F (b) devoir ⇒ 2G (a), 2G (b) concerner ⇒ 2G (c)
    ⓘ GRAM Les formes négatives, haven't et hasn't, s'écrivent have not and has not dans un style plus soutenu.
    ⓘ GRAM Most French verbs will conjugate with avoir to form the perfect tense. However, all reflexive verbs and many intransitive verbs - mainly of motion - will conjugate with être.
    (3rd pers sing pres has [hæz], pt & pp had [hæd])
    ∎ to have finished avoir fini;
    ∎ to have left être parti;
    ∎ to have sat down s'être assis;
    ∎ to have been/had avoir été/eu;
    ∎ has she slept? a-t-elle dormi?;
    ∎ have they arrived? sont-ils arrivés?;
    ∎ he has been ill il a été malade;
    ∎ when you've calmed down quand vous vous serez calmé;
    ∎ I will have forgotten by next week j'aurai oublié d'ici la semaine prochaine;
    ∎ the children will have gone to bed by the time we arrive les enfants seront couchés quand nous arriverons;
    ∎ you were silly not to have accepted tu es bête de ne pas avoir accepté;
    ∎ after or when you have finished, you may leave quand vous aurez fini, vous pourrez partir;
    ∎ she was ashamed of having lied elle avait honte d'avoir menti;
    ∎ she felt she couldn't change her mind, having already agreed to go elle sentait qu'elle ne pouvait pas changer d'avis, étant donné qu'elle avait dit être d'accord pour y aller;
    ∎ I have been thinking j'ai réfléchi;
    ∎ he has been working here for two months il travaille ici depuis deux mois, il y a deux mois qu'il travaille ici;
    ∎ I have known her for three years/since childhood je la connais depuis trois ans/depuis mon enfance;
    ∎ I had known her for years cela faisait des années que je la connaissais, je la connaissais depuis des années;
    ∎ she claimed she hadn't heard the news elle a prétendu ne pas avoir entendu la nouvelle;
    ∎ I had already gone to bed when he arrived j'étais déjà couché quand il est arrivé;
    ∎ we had gone to bed early nous nous étions couchés de bonne heure;
    ∎ when he had given his speech, I left une fois qu'il eut terminé son discours, je partis;
    ∎ had I known, I wouldn't have insisted si j'avais su, je n'aurais pas insisté;
    ∎ if I had known, I wouldn't have said anything si j'avais su, je n'aurais rien dit;
    ∎ they would have been happy if it hadn't been for the war ils auraient vécu heureux si la guerre n'était pas survenue;
    ∎ why don't you just leave him and have done with it? pourquoi donc est-ce que vous ne le quittez pas, pour en finir?;
    ∎ I'd as soon not j'aimerais mieux pas;
    ∎ he'd rather or sooner stay at home than go out dancing il aimerait mieux rester ou il préférerait rester à la maison qu'aller danser;
    ∎ familiar he's had it (is in trouble) il est fichu ou foutu; (is worn out) il est à bout;
    ∎ familiar I've had it with all your complaining! j'en ai jusque-là de tes jérémiades!;
    ∎ familiar I've had it up to here with him j'en ai jusque-là de ce type-là;
    ∎ familiar the car has just about had it la voiture va bientôt rendre l'âme;
    ∎ familiar this plant has had it cette plante est fichue
    ∎ have you ever had the measles? - yes, I have/no, I haven't avez-vous eu la rougeole? - oui/non;
    ∎ she hasn't finished - yes, she has! elle n'a pas fini - (mais) si!;
    ∎ you've forgotten his birthday - no, I haven't! tu as oublié son anniversaire - mais non!;
    ∎ have you ever considered going into politics? if you have.../if you haven't… avez-vous déjà envisagé de rentrer dans la vie politique? si oui…/si non…;
    ∎ you've forgotten your gloves - so I have! vous avez oublié vos gants - en effet! ou tiens, c'est vrai!
    ∎ you've read 'Hamlet', haven't you? vous avez lu 'Hamlet', n'est-ce pas?;
    ∎ he hasn't arrived, has he? il n'est pas arrivé, si?;
    ∎ so she's got a new job, has she? elle a changé de travail alors?
    A.
    (a) (be in possession of, own) avoir, posséder;
    ∎ do you have or have you got a car? avez-vous une voiture?;
    ∎ they have (got) a lot of friends/money ils ont beaucoup d'amis/d'argent;
    ∎ they don't have or they haven't got any more ils n'en ont plus;
    ∎ she shares everything she has (got) with them elle partage tout ce qu'elle a avec eux;
    ∎ he has (got) £10 left il lui reste 10 livres;
    ∎ we have (got) six of them left il nous en reste six;
    ∎ do you have or have you got any children? if you have... avez-vous des enfants? si vous en avez ou si oui...;
    ∎ they have (got) a 50 percent interest in the business ils ont ou détiennent 50 pour cent des intérêts dans l'affaire;
    ∎ I have (got) a lot of work to finish j'ai beaucoup de travail à finir;
    ∎ do we have or have we got any milk in the house? est-ce qu'on a du lait ou est-ce qu'il y a du lait à la maison?;
    ∎ she has (got) a baker's shop/bookshop elle tient une boulangerie/librairie;
    ∎ do you have or have you got the time? avez-vous l'heure?;
    ∎ he doesn't have or hasn't got a job il n'a pas de travail, il est sans travail;
    ∎ we have (got) a deadline to meet nous avons un délai à respecter;
    ∎ I've got it! ça y est, j'ai trouvé ou j'y suis!;
    ∎ paper, envelopes and what have you du papier, des enveloppes et je ne sais quoi encore;
    ∎ proverb you can't have your cake and eat it on ne peut pas avoir le beurre et l'argent du beurre;
    ∎ familiar give it all you have or all you've got! mets-y le paquet!
    (b) (enjoy the use of) avoir, disposer de;
    ∎ we had a couple of hours to do our errands nous disposions de ou nous avions quelques heures pour faire nos courses;
    ∎ I don't have time or I haven't got time to stop for lunch je n'ai pas le temps de m'arrêter pour déjeuner;
    ∎ he has (got) a month to finish il a un mois pour finir;
    ∎ he hasn't (got) long to live il ne lui reste pas longtemps à vivre;
    ∎ do you have or have you (got) a minute (to spare)? tu as une minute?;
    ∎ she had the house to herself elle avait la maison pour elle toute seule;
    ∎ such questions have an important place in our lives ce genre de questions occupe une place importante dans notre vie;
    ∎ he has (got) nothing to do/to read il n'a rien à faire/à lire
    ∎ she has (got) red hair elle a les cheveux roux, elle est rousse;
    ∎ you have (got) beautiful eyes tu as de beaux yeux;
    ∎ the ticket has (got) a name on it il y a un nom sur le billet;
    ∎ to have good taste avoir bon goût;
    ∎ to have a bad temper avoir mauvais caractère;
    ∎ she has (got) a reputation for being difficult elle a la réputation d'être difficile;
    ∎ the house has (got) a beautiful view of the mountains de la maison, on a une belle vue sur les montagnes;
    ∎ she has (got) what it takes or she has it in her to succeed elle a ce qu'il faut pour réussir;
    ∎ you've never had it so good! vous n'avez jamais eu la vie si belle!;
    ∎ familiar he really has it bad for Emma il a complètement craqué pour Emma
    ∎ do you have or have you got any experience of teaching? avez-vous déjà enseigné?;
    ∎ she has (got) a clear sense of what matters elle sait très bien ce qui est important;
    ∎ he has some Greek and Latin il connaît un peu le grec et le latin;
    ∎ I have a little Spanish je parle un peu espagnol
    B.
    ∎ to have a dream/nightmare faire un rêve/cauchemar;
    ∎ I have no regrets je n'ai aucun regret ou pas de regrets;
    ∎ I didn't have any trouble in finding it je n'ai eu aucune peine à le trouver;
    ∎ we have (got) nothing or we don't have anything against dogs on n'a rien contre les chiens;
    ∎ I've had my appendix out je me suis fait opérer de l'appendicite;
    ∎ he had all his money stolen il s'est fait voler ou on lui a volé tout son argent;
    ∎ I love having my back rubbed j'adore qu'on me frotte le dos;
    ∎ they had some strange things happen to them il leur est arrivé de drôles de choses
    (b) (be infected with, suffer from) avoir;
    ∎ to have a cold avoir un rhume, être enrhumé;
    ∎ do you have or have you got a headache? avez-vous mal à la tête?;
    ∎ he has (got) problems with his back il a des problèmes de dos
    (c) (perform, take part in → bath, lesson) prendre; (→ meeting) avoir;
    ∎ we had our first argument last night nous nous sommes disputés hier soir pour la première fois;
    ∎ to have a stroll se promener, faire un tour;
    ∎ I want to have a think about it je veux y réfléchir;
    ∎ to have a party (organize) organiser une fête; (celebrate) faire la fête;
    ∎ I'll have no part in it je refuse de m'en mêler
    (d) (pass, spend) passer, avoir;
    ∎ I had a horrible day at work j'ai passé une journée atroce au travail;
    ∎ have a nice day! bonne journée!;
    ∎ to have a good time s'amuser;
    ∎ did you have a good time? c'était bien?, tu t'es bien amusé?;
    ∎ a good time was had by all tout le monde s'est bien amusé;
    ∎ she's had a hard time of it lately elle vient de traverser une mauvaise passe
    (e) (exhibit, show) avoir, montrer;
    ∎ have mercy on us! ayez pitié de nous!;
    ∎ he had the nerve to refuse il a eu le culot de refuser;
    ∎ he didn't even have the decency to apologize il n'a même pas eu la décence de s'excuser
    C.
    (a) (obtain, receive) avoir, recevoir;
    ∎ I'd like him to have this picture j'aimerais lui donner cette photo;
    ∎ I'd like to have your advice on something j'aimerais que vous me donniez un conseil à propos de quelque chose;
    ∎ we had a phone call from the mayor nous avons reçu ou eu un coup de fil du maire;
    ∎ they've still had no news of the lost plane ils n'ont toujours pas de nouvelles de l'avion (qui a) disparu;
    ∎ I have it on good authority je le tiens de bonne source;
    ∎ I must have your answer by tomorrow il me faut votre réponse pour demain;
    ∎ let me have your answer by next week donnez-moi votre réponse avant la semaine prochaine;
    ∎ let me have your keys donne-moi tes clefs;
    ∎ let me have the book back when you've finished rends-moi le livre quand tu auras fini;
    ∎ she let them have the wardrobe for £300 elle leur a laissé ou cédé l'armoire pour 300 livres;
    ∎ there are plenty of flats to be had il y a plein d'appartements;
    ∎ familiar I let him have it (attacked him) je lui ai réglé son compte; (told him off) je lui ai passé un savon;
    ∎ familiar you had it coming! tu ne l'as pas volé!
    (b) (invite) recevoir, avoir;
    ∎ she's having some people (over) for or to dinner elle reçoit ou elle a du monde à dîner;
    ∎ let's have him round for a drink et si on l'invitait à prendre un pot?;
    ∎ did you have any visitors? avez-vous eu de la visite?;
    ∎ after the movie we had them back for coffee après le cinéma, nous les avons invités à venir prendre le café chez nous
    (c) (accept, take) vouloir;
    ∎ he'd like to marry but nobody will have him! il aimerait se marier mais personne ne veut de lui!;
    ∎ do what you want, I'm having nothing more to do with your schemes fais ce que tu veux, je ne veux plus être mêlé à tes combines
    D.
    (a) (clutch) tenir;
    ∎ to have sb in one's power avoir qn en son pouvoir;
    ∎ the teacher had (got) him by the arm/the ear le maître le tenait par le bras/l'oreille;
    ∎ he had (got) his assailant by the throat il tenait son agresseur à la gorge
    ∎ you have me there! là vous me tenez!;
    ∎ I have (got) you right where I want you now! je vous tiens!;
    ∎ Sport the Bears have it! les Bears ont gagné!
    (c) (bewilder, perplex)
    ∎ who won? - you've got me there qui a gagné? - là, tu me poses une colle
    E.
    ∎ the news had me worried la nouvelle m'a inquiété;
    ∎ I'll have this light fixed in a minute j'en ai pour une minute à réparer cette lampe;
    ∎ we'll have everything ready tout sera prêt
    (b) (with past participle) (cause to be done) to have sth done faire faire qch;
    ∎ I had my hair cut je me suis fait couper les cheveux;
    ∎ we must have the curtains cleaned nous devons faire nettoyer les rideaux ou donner les rideaux à nettoyer;
    ∎ three houses had their windows shattered trois maisons ont eu leurs fenêtres brisées;
    ∎ she had coffee brought up to the room elle a fait monter du café dans la chambre;
    ∎ I had my watch stolen je me suis fait voler ma montre
    (c) (with infinitive) (cause to do) to have sb do sth faire faire qch à qn;
    ∎ she had him invite all the neighbours round elle lui a fait inviter tous les voisins;
    ∎ have them come in faites-les entrer;
    ∎ the boss had him up to his office le patron l'a convoqué dans son bureau;
    ∎ he soon had them all laughing il eut tôt fait de les faire tous rire;
    ∎ I had the children go to bed early j'ai couché les enfants de bonne heure;
    ∎ as he would have us believe comme il voudrait nous le faire croire
    F.
    (a) (consume → food, meal) avoir, prendre;
    ∎ we were having lunch nous étions en train de déjeuner;
    ∎ we're having dinner out tonight nous sortons dîner ce soir;
    ∎ to have breakfast in bed prendre le petit déjeuner au lit;
    ∎ would you like to have coffee? voulez-vous (prendre) un café?;
    ∎ do you have coffee or tea in the morning? prenez-vous du café ou du thé le matin?;
    ∎ I had tea with her j'ai pris le thé avec elle;
    ∎ we stopped and had a drink nous nous sommes arrêtés pour boire quelque chose;
    ∎ what will you have? - I'll have the lamb (in restaurant) qu'est-ce que vous prenez? - je vais prendre de l'agneau;
    ∎ we had fish for dinner nous avons mangé ou eu du poisson au dîner;
    ∎ he always has a cigarette after dinner il fume toujours une cigarette après le dîner;
    ∎ will you have a cigarette? voulez-vous une cigarette?
    (b) (indicating location, position) placer, mettre;
    ∎ we'll have the wardrobe here and the table in there nous mettrons l'armoire ici et la table par là;
    ∎ she had her arm around his shoulders elle avait mis le bras autour de ses épaules;
    ∎ I had my back to the window je tournais le dos à la fenêtre;
    ∎ he had his head down il avait la tête baissée
    ∎ she had her mother with her sa mère était avec elle;
    ∎ I can't talk right now, I have someone with me je ne peux pas parler, je ne suis pas seul ou je suis avec quelqu'un
    ∎ she's had a baby elle a eu un bébé;
    ∎ she had her baby last week elle a accouché la semaine dernière;
    ∎ she's going to have a baby elle attend ou elle va avoir un bébé;
    ∎ he's had three children by her il a eu trois enfants d'elle;
    ∎ our dog has just had puppies notre chien vient d'avoir des petits
    (e) (assert, claim) soutenir, maintenir;
    ∎ public opinion has it that he is not telling the truth on pense généralement qu'il ne dit pas la vérité;
    ∎ rumour has it that they're married le bruit court qu'ils sont mariés;
    ∎ as the government would have it comme dirait le gouvernement;
    ∎ as Plato has it comme dit Platon, comme l'a écrit Platon
    (f) (with "will" or "would") (wish for) vouloir;
    ∎ what would you have me do? que voudriez-vous que je fasse?;
    ∎ I'll have you know I have a degree in French je vous fais remarquer que j'ai une licence de français
    (g) (in negative) (allow, permit) I will not have him in my house! il ne mettra pas les pieds chez moi!;
    ∎ I won't have it! ça ne va pas se passer comme ça!;
    ∎ we can't have you sleeping on the floor nous ne pouvons pas vous laisser dormir par terre;
    ∎ familiar we tried to give the dog a bath but he wasn't having any of it! nous avons essayé de donner un bain au chien, mais rien n'y a fait!;
    ∎ familiar I'm not having any of your nonsense pas de bêtises
    (h) (in passive) familiar (cheat, outwit) avoir;
    ∎ you've been had! tu t'es fait avoir!
    G.
    (a) (with infinitive) (indicating obligation) to have (got) to do sth devoir faire qch, être obligé de faire qch;
    ∎ do you have to or have you got to leave so soon? êtes-vous obligé de partir ou faut-il que vous partiez si tôt?;
    ∎ I have (got) to go to the meeting il faut que j'aille ou je dois aller ou je suis obligé d'aller à la réunion;
    ∎ don't you have to or haven't you got to phone the office? est-ce que tu ne dois pas appeler le bureau?;
    ∎ he'll do it if he's got to il le fera s'il est obligé de le faire;
    ∎ you don't have to or you haven't got to go tu n'es pas obligé d'y aller;
    ∎ we had to take physics at school nous étions obligés de suivre des cours de physique à l'école;
    ∎ she had to take a blood test elle a été obligée de ou elle a dû faire un examen sanguin;
    ∎ I hate having to get up early j'ai horreur de devoir me lever tôt;
    ∎ I won't apologize - you have to je ne m'excuserai pas - il le faut;
    ∎ you've got to be joking! vous plaisantez!, c'est une plaisanterie!;
    ∎ you didn't have to tell your father what happened! tu n'avais pas besoin d'aller dire à ton père ce qui s'est passé!;
    ∎ ironic the train WOULD have to be late today of all days! il fallait que le train soit en retard aujourd'hui!;
    ∎ familiar that has (got) to be the stupidest idea I've ever heard! ça doit être l'idée la plus idiote que j'aie jamais entendue!
    (b) (with infinitive) (indicating necessity) devoir;
    ∎ you have (got) to get some rest il faut que vous vous reposiez, vous devez vous reposer;
    ∎ I'll have to think about it il va falloir que j'y réfléchisse;
    ∎ I have (got) to know il faut que je le sache;
    ∎ we have to be careful about what we say on doit faire attention ou il faut qu'on fasse attention à ce qu'on dit;
    ∎ some problems still have to or have still got to be worked out il reste encore des problèmes à résoudre;
    ∎ if you finish the report this evening you won't have to come in to work tomorrow si vous finissez le rapport ce soir, vous n'aurez pas besoin de venir travailler demain;
    ∎ first the potatoes have (got) to be washed il faut d'abord laver les pommes de terre;
    ∎ I don't like housework but it has (got) to be done je n'aime pas faire le ménage mais il faut bien que quelqu'un le fasse;
    ∎ the plumbing has (got) to be redone la plomberie a besoin d'être refaite;
    ∎ you'd have to be deaf not to hear that noise il faudrait être sourd pour ne pas entendre ce bruit;
    ∎ do you have to turn the music up so loud? vous ne pourriez pas baisser un peu la musique?
    (c) (with "to do") (idioms) the book has to do with archaeology ce livre traite de l'archéologie;
    ∎ their argument had to do with money ils se disputaient à propos d'argent;
    ∎ this has nothing to do with you ça ne te concerne ou regarde pas;
    ∎ I'll have nothing more to do with her je ne veux plus avoir affaire à elle;
    ∎ they had nothing to do with her being fired ils n'avaient rien à voir avec son licenciement
    ∎ the haves les riches mpl, les nantis mpl;
    ∎ the haves and the have-nots les riches mpl et les pauvres mpl, les nantis mpl et les démunis mpl
    (keep available) garder ou avoir sous la main;
    ∎ I have the documents around somewhere les documents sont là quelque part, j'ai les documents quelque part;
    ∎ she's a useful person to have around il est bon de l'avoir sous la main;
    ∎ I don't like having children around je n'aime pas la compagnie des enfants
    British Fencing attaquer
    ∎ to have it away (with sb) s'envoyer en l'air (avec qn)
    (invite from upstairs, the north) inviter;
    ∎ we're having his family down for the weekend sa famille vient passer le week-end chez nous
    (a) (cause to enter) faire entrer;
    ∎ she had him in for a chat elle l'a fait entrer pour discuter
    ∎ to have friends in for a drink inviter des amis à prendre un pot
    (c) (doctor, workman) faire venir;
    ∎ we had to have the doctor in nous avons dû faire venir le médecin;
    ∎ they've got workmen in at the moment ils ont des ouvriers en ce moment
    ∎ to have it in for sb avoir une dent contre qn;
    ∎ they had it in for me from the day I arrived ils en ont eu après moi dès mon arrivée
    (a) (remove) retirer;
    ∎ the barber nearly had my ear off le coiffeur a failli me couper l'oreille
    (b) (have removed) faire retirer;
    ∎ she's having the plaster off next week on lui retire son plâtre la semaine prochaine
    ∎ to have it off (with sb) s'envoyer en l'air (avec qn)
    (a) (wear) porter;
    ∎ what does she have on? qu'est-ce qu'elle porte?, comment est-elle habillée?;
    ∎ she had her black dress on elle avait ou portait sa robe noire;
    ∎ the child had nothing on l'enfant était tout nu
    (b) (radio, television)
    ∎ have you got the radio on? avez-vous allumé la radio?, est-ce que la radio est allumée?;
    ∎ he has the radio/television on all night sa radio/sa télévision est allumée toute la nuit
    (c) (commitment, engagement)
    ∎ we have a lot on today nous avons beaucoup à faire aujourd'hui;
    ∎ do you have anything on for tonight? avez-vous des projets pour ou êtes-vous pris ce soir?;
    ∎ I have nothing on for the weekend je n'ai rien de prévu ce week-end
    (d) British familiar (tease, trick) faire marcher;
    ∎ you're having me on! tu me fais marcher!;
    ∎ I was only having you on c'était juste pour te faire marcher
    ∎ they have nothing on me ils n'ont aucune preuve contre moi;
    ∎ the police have nothing on him la police n'a rien sur lui
    (a) (tooth) se faire arracher
    ∎ to have it out with sb s'expliquer avec qn;
    ∎ she had it or the matter or the whole thing out with him elle a eu une longue explication avec lui;
    ∎ let's have this out once and for all mettons les choses au point une fois pour toutes
    (invite) inviter
    ∎ I'll have you up for blackmail je vais vous poursuivre (en justice) pour chantage;
    ∎ they were had up by the police for vandalism ils ont été arrêtés pour vandalisme;
    ∎ he was had up (before the court) for breaking and entering il a comparu (devant le tribunal) pour effraction
    (b) (invite from downstairs, the south) inviter;
    ∎ he had them up (to his flat) for tea il les a invités à venir prendre le thé;
    ∎ we're having them up from London for the weekend il sont venus nous voir de Londres pour le week-end
    ✾ Film 'To Have and Have Not' Hawks 'Le Port de l'angoisse'

    Un panorama unique de l'anglais et du français > have

  • 7 на грош

    I
    • НА ГРОШ < НА КОПЕЙКУ> coll
    [PrepP; these forms only]
    =====
    1. на грош чего (у кого, где) [quantit subj-compl with copula (subj/ gen: usu. abstr) or quantif of subj/ gen]
    ⇒ s.o. has a very small amount (of some quality - intelligence, ability etc):
    - (hardly) an ounce (a scrap, a shred) (of [NP]);
    - next to no [NP].
         ♦ Таланта у него на грош, а считает себя великим писателем. He has next to no talent, yet considers himself a great writer.
    ⇒ (to do) very little:
    - (do) practically (next to, almost) nothing.
    —————
    II
    • НИ НА ГРОШ; (И) НА ГРОШ; (НИ) НА КОПЕЙКУ all coll; НИ НА (ЛОМАНУЮ) ПОЛЕШКУ obs, coll
    [PrepP; these forms only]
    =====
    1. на грош чего (нет) (у кого, где) [quantit compl with negated copula (subj/ gen: abstr); when variants without ни are used, negated copula or нет cannot be omitted]
    ⇒ some quality is completely absent (in s.o. or sth.):
    - (y X-a) Y-a ни на грош≈ X doesn't have < there isn't> a scrap <a drop, a lick, an ounce, a grain> of Y;
    - X doesn't have < there isn't> the least (slightest, tiniest) bit <drop, scrap> of Y.
         ♦...Он [Грушницкий] из тех людей, которые на все случаи жизни имеют готовые пышные фразы... В их душе часто много добрых свойств, но ни на грош поэзии (Лермонтов 1).... Не [Grushnitski] is one of those people who, for every occasion in life, have ready-made pompous phrases....Their souls often possess many good qualities, but not an ounce of poetry (1a).
    2. на грош не верить кому, во что [adv (intensif)]
    ⇒ (not to believe s.o., sth., or in sth.) even to the slightest degree:
    - X не верит Y-y на грош ≈ X doesn't believe a word < a thing> Y says;
    - X doesn't believe < trust> Y at all;
    - X doesn't trust Y one bit.
         ♦ "Это иезуит, русский то есть. Как у благородного существа, в ном это затаённое негодование кипит на то, что надо представляться... святыню на себя натягивать". - "Да ведь он же верует в бога". - "Ни на грош. А ты не знал?" (Достоевский 1). "He's a Jesuit, a Russian one, that is. As a noble person, he has this hidden indignation seething in him because he has to pretend...to put on all this holiness." "But he does believe in God." "Not for a minute. Didn't you know?" (1a).
         ♦ Тому, что писали немецкие газеты, нельзя было верить и на грош (Кузнецов 1). The German newspapers could not be believed at all... (1a).
    —————

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > на грош

  • 8 на копейку

    I
    • НА ГРОШ < НА КОПЕЙКУ> coll
    [PrepP; these forms only]
    =====
    1. на копейку чего (у кого, где) [quantit subj-compl with copula (subj/ gen: usu. abstr) or quantif of subj/ gen]
    ⇒ s.o. has a very small amount (of some quality - intelligence, ability etc):
    - (hardly) an ounce (a scrap, a shred) (of [NP]);
    - next to no [NP].
         ♦ Таланта у него на грош, а считает себя великим писателем. He has next to no talent, yet considers himself a great writer.
    ⇒ (to do) very little:
    - (do) practically (next to, almost) nothing.
    —————
    II
    • НИ НА ГРОШ; (И) НА ГРОШ; (НИ) НА КОПЕЙКУ all coll; НИ НА (ЛОМАНУЮ) ПОЛЕШКУ obs, coll
    [PrepP; these forms only]
    =====
    1. на копейку чего (нет) (у кого, где) [quantit compl with negated copula (subj/ gen: abstr); when variants without ни are used, negated copula or нет cannot be omitted]
    ⇒ some quality is completely absent (in s.o. or sth.):
    - (y X-a) Y-a ни на грош≈ X doesn't have < there isn't> a scrap <a drop, a lick, an ounce, a grain> of Y;
    - X doesn't have < there isn't> the least (slightest, tiniest) bit <drop, scrap> of Y.
         ♦...Он [Грушницкий] из тех людей, которые на все случаи жизни имеют готовые пышные фразы... В их душе часто много добрых свойств, но ни на грош поэзии (Лермонтов 1).... Не [Grushnitski] is one of those people who, for every occasion in life, have ready-made pompous phrases....Their souls often possess many good qualities, but not an ounce of poetry (1a).
    2. на копейку не верить кому, во что [adv (intensif)]
    ⇒ (not to believe s.o., sth., or in sth.) even to the slightest degree:
    - X не верит Y-y на копейку ≈ X doesn't believe a word < a thing> Y says;
    - X doesn't believe < trust> Y at all;
    - X doesn't trust Y one bit.
         ♦ "Это иезуит, русский то есть. Как у благородного существа, в ном это затаённое негодование кипит на то, что надо представляться... святыню на себя натягивать". - "Да ведь он же верует в бога". - "Ни на грош. А ты не знал?" (Достоевский 1). "He's a Jesuit, a Russian one, that is. As a noble person, he has this hidden indignation seething in him because he has to pretend...to put on all this holiness." "But he does believe in God." "Not for a minute. Didn't you know?" (1a).
         ♦ Тому, что писали немецкие газеты, нельзя было верить и на грош (Кузнецов 1). The German newspapers could not be believed at all... (1a).
    —————

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > на копейку

  • 9 Г-414

    НИ НА ГРОШ (И) НА ГРОШ (НИ) НА КОПЕЙКУ all coll НИ НА (ЛОМАНУЮ) ПОЛУШКУ obs, coll PrepP these forms only)
    1. \Г-414 чего (нет) (у кого, где) (quantit compl with negated copula ( subj / gen: abstr)
    when variants without ни are used, negated copula or нет cannot be omitted) some quality is completely absent (in s.o. or sth.): (y X-a) Y-a ни на грош - X doesn't have (there isn't) a scrap (a drop, a lick, an ounce, a grain) of Y X doesn't have (there isn't) the least (slightest, tiniest) bit (drop, scrap) of Y.
    ...Он (Грушницкий) из тех людей, которые на все случаи жизни имеют готовые пышные фразы... В их душе часто много добрых свойств, но ни на грош поэзии (Лермонтов 1)....He (Grushnitski) is one of those people who, for every occasion in life, have ready-made pompous phrases....Their souls often possess many good qualities, but not an ounce of poetry (1a).
    2. - не верить кому, во что ( adv (intensif)) (not to believe s.o., sth., or in sth.) even to the slightest degree
    X не верит Y-y \Г-414 = X doesn't believe a word (a thing) Y says
    X doesn't believe Y for a minute X doesn't believe (trust) Y at all X doesn't trust Y one bit.
    «Это иезуит, русский то есть. Как у благородного существа, в нём это затаённое негодование кипит на то, что надо представляться... святыню на себя натягивать». - «Да ведь он же верует в бога». - «Ни на грош. А ты не знал?» (Достоевский 1). "He's a Jesuit, a Russian one, that is. As a noble person, he has this hidden indignation seething in him because he has to pretend...to put on all this holiness." "But he does believe in God." "Not for a minute. Didn't you know?" (1a).
    Тому, что писали немецкие газеты, нельзя было верить и на грош (Кузнецов 1). The German newspapers could not be believed at all... (1a).
    See Г-417

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > Г-414

  • 10 и на грош

    • НИ НА ГРОШ; (И) НА ГРОШ; (НИ) НА КОПЕЙКУ all coll; НИ НА (ЛОМАНУЮ) ПОЛЕШКУ obs, coll
    [PrepP; these forms only]
    =====
    1. и на грош чего (нет) (у кого, где) [quantit compl with negated copula (subj/ gen: abstr); when variants without ни are used, negated copula or нет cannot be omitted]
    ⇒ some quality is completely absent (in s.o. or sth.):
    - (y X-a) Y-a ни на грош≈ X doesn't have < there isn't> a scrap <a drop, a lick, an ounce, a grain> of Y;
    - X doesn't have < there isn't> the least (slightest, tiniest) bit <drop, scrap> of Y.
         ♦...Он [Грушницкий] из тех людей, которые на все случаи жизни имеют готовые пышные фразы... В их душе часто много добрых свойств, но ни на грош поэзии (Лермонтов 1).... Не [Grushnitski] is one of those people who, for every occasion in life, have ready-made pompous phrases....Their souls often possess many good qualities, but not an ounce of poetry (1a).
    2. и на грош не верить кому, во что [adv (intensif)]
    ⇒ (not to believe s.o., sth., or in sth.) even to the slightest degree:
    - X не верит Y-y и на грош ≈ X doesn't believe a word < a thing> Y says;
    - X doesn't believe < trust> Y at all;
    - X doesn't trust Y one bit.
         ♦ "Это иезуит, русский то есть. Как у благородного существа, в ном это затаённое негодование кипит на то, что надо представляться... святыню на себя натягивать". - "Да ведь он же верует в бога". - "Ни на грош. А ты не знал?" (Достоевский 1). "He's a Jesuit, a Russian one, that is. As a noble person, he has this hidden indignation seething in him because he has to pretend...to put on all this holiness." "But he does believe in God." "Not for a minute. Didn't you know?" (1a).
         ♦ Тому, что писали немецкие газеты, нельзя было верить и на грош (Кузнецов 1). The German newspapers could not be believed at all... (1a).
    —————

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > и на грош

  • 11 ни на грош

    • НИ НА ГРОШ; (И) НА ГРОШ; (НИ) НА КОПЕЙКУ all coll; НИ НА (ЛОМАНУЮ) ПОЛЕШКУ obs, coll
    [PrepP; these forms only]
    =====
    1. ни на грош чего (нет) (у кого, где) [quantit compl with negated copula (subj/ gen: abstr); when variants without ни are used, negated copula or нет cannot be omitted]
    ⇒ some quality is completely absent (in s.o. or sth.):
    - (y X-a) Y-a ни на грош≈ X doesn't have < there isn't> a scrap <a drop, a lick, an ounce, a grain> of Y;
    - X doesn't have < there isn't> the least (slightest, tiniest) bit <drop, scrap> of Y.
         ♦...Он [Грушницкий] из тех людей, которые на все случаи жизни имеют готовые пышные фразы... В их душе часто много добрых свойств, но ни на грош поэзии (Лермонтов 1).... Не [Grushnitski] is one of those people who, for every occasion in life, have ready-made pompous phrases....Their souls often possess many good qualities, but not an ounce of poetry (1a).
    2. ни на грош не верить кому, во что [adv (intensif)]
    ⇒ (not to believe s.o., sth., or in sth.) even to the slightest degree:
    - X не верит Y-y ни на грош ≈ X doesn't believe a word < a thing> Y says;
    - X doesn't believe < trust> Y at all;
    - X doesn't trust Y one bit.
         ♦ "Это иезуит, русский то есть. Как у благородного существа, в ном это затаённое негодование кипит на то, что надо представляться... святыню на себя натягивать". - "Да ведь он же верует в бога". - "Ни на грош. А ты не знал?" (Достоевский 1). "He's a Jesuit, a Russian one, that is. As a noble person, he has this hidden indignation seething in him because he has to pretend...to put on all this holiness." "But he does believe in God." "Not for a minute. Didn't you know?" (1a).
         ♦ Тому, что писали немецкие газеты, нельзя было верить и на грош (Кузнецов 1). The German newspapers could not be believed at all... (1a).
    —————

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > ни на грош

  • 12 ни на копейку

    • НИ НА ГРОШ; (И) НА ГРОШ; (НИ) НА КОПЕЙКУ all coll; НИ НА (ЛОМАНУЮ) ПОЛЕШКУ obs, coll
    [PrepP; these forms only]
    =====
    1. ни на копейку чего (нет) (у кого, где) [quantit compl with negated copula (subj/ gen: abstr); when variants without ни are used, negated copula or нет cannot be omitted]
    ⇒ some quality is completely absent (in s.o. or sth.):
    - (y X-a) Y-a ни на грош≈ X doesn't have < there isn't> a scrap <a drop, a lick, an ounce, a grain> of Y;
    - X doesn't have < there isn't> the least (slightest, tiniest) bit <drop, scrap> of Y.
         ♦...Он [Грушницкий] из тех людей, которые на все случаи жизни имеют готовые пышные фразы... В их душе часто много добрых свойств, но ни на грош поэзии (Лермонтов 1).... Не [Grushnitski] is one of those people who, for every occasion in life, have ready-made pompous phrases....Their souls often possess many good qualities, but not an ounce of poetry (1a).
    2. ни на копейку не верить кому, во что [adv (intensif)]
    ⇒ (not to believe s.o., sth., or in sth.) even to the slightest degree:
    - X не верит Y-y ни на копейку ≈ X doesn't believe a word < a thing> Y says;
    - X doesn't believe < trust> Y at all;
    - X doesn't trust Y one bit.
         ♦ "Это иезуит, русский то есть. Как у благородного существа, в ном это затаённое негодование кипит на то, что надо представляться... святыню на себя натягивать". - "Да ведь он же верует в бога". - "Ни на грош. А ты не знал?" (Достоевский 1). "He's a Jesuit, a Russian one, that is. As a noble person, he has this hidden indignation seething in him because he has to pretend...to put on all this holiness." "But he does believe in God." "Not for a minute. Didn't you know?" (1a).
         ♦ Тому, что писали немецкие газеты, нельзя было верить и на грош (Кузнецов 1). The German newspapers could not be believed at all... (1a).
    —————

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > ни на копейку

  • 13 ни на ломаную полушку

    • НИ НА ГРОШ; (И) НА ГРОШ; (НИ) НА КОПЕЙКУ all coll; НИ НА (ЛОМАНУЮ) ПОЛЕШКУ obs, coll
    [PrepP; these forms only]
    =====
    1. ни на ломаную полушку чего (нет) (у кого, где) [quantit compl with negated copula (subj/ gen: abstr); when variants without ни are used, negated copula or нет cannot be omitted]
    ⇒ some quality is completely absent (in s.o. or sth.):
    - (y X-a) Y-a ни на грош≈ X doesn't have < there isn't> a scrap <a drop, a lick, an ounce, a grain> of Y;
    - X doesn't have < there isn't> the least (slightest, tiniest) bit <drop, scrap> of Y.
         ♦...Он [Грушницкий] из тех людей, которые на все случаи жизни имеют готовые пышные фразы... В их душе часто много добрых свойств, но ни на грош поэзии (Лермонтов 1).... Не [Grushnitski] is one of those people who, for every occasion in life, have ready-made pompous phrases....Their souls often possess many good qualities, but not an ounce of poetry (1a).
    2. ни на ломаную полушку не верить кому, во что [adv (intensif)]
    ⇒ (not to believe s.o., sth., or in sth.) even to the slightest degree:
    - X не верит Y-y ни на ломаную полушку ≈ X doesn't believe a word < a thing> Y says;
    - X doesn't believe < trust> Y at all;
    - X doesn't trust Y one bit.
         ♦ "Это иезуит, русский то есть. Как у благородного существа, в ном это затаённое негодование кипит на то, что надо представляться... святыню на себя натягивать". - "Да ведь он же верует в бога". - "Ни на грош. А ты не знал?" (Достоевский 1). "He's a Jesuit, a Russian one, that is. As a noble person, he has this hidden indignation seething in him because he has to pretend...to put on all this holiness." "But he does believe in God." "Not for a minute. Didn't you know?" (1a).
         ♦ Тому, что писали немецкие газеты, нельзя было верить и на грош (Кузнецов 1). The German newspapers could not be believed at all... (1a).
    —————

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > ни на ломаную полушку

  • 14 ни на полушку

    • НИ НА ГРОШ; (И) НА ГРОШ; (НИ) НА КОПЕЙКУ all coll; НИ НА (ЛОМАНУЮ) ПОЛЕШКУ obs, coll
    [PrepP; these forms only]
    =====
    1. ни на полушку чего (нет) (у кого, где) [quantit compl with negated copula (subj/ gen: abstr); when variants without ни are used, negated copula or нет cannot be omitted]
    ⇒ some quality is completely absent (in s.o. or sth.):
    - (y X-a) Y-a ни на грош≈ X doesn't have < there isn't> a scrap <a drop, a lick, an ounce, a grain> of Y;
    - X doesn't have < there isn't> the least (slightest, tiniest) bit <drop, scrap> of Y.
         ♦...Он [Грушницкий] из тех людей, которые на все случаи жизни имеют готовые пышные фразы... В их душе часто много добрых свойств, но ни на грош поэзии (Лермонтов 1).... Не [Grushnitski] is one of those people who, for every occasion in life, have ready-made pompous phrases....Their souls often possess many good qualities, but not an ounce of poetry (1a).
    2. ни на полушку не верить кому, во что [adv (intensif)]
    ⇒ (not to believe s.o., sth., or in sth.) even to the slightest degree:
    - X не верит Y-y ни на полушку ≈ X doesn't believe a word < a thing> Y says;
    - X doesn't believe < trust> Y at all;
    - X doesn't trust Y one bit.
         ♦ "Это иезуит, русский то есть. Как у благородного существа, в ном это затаённое негодование кипит на то, что надо представляться... святыню на себя натягивать". - "Да ведь он же верует в бога". - "Ни на грош. А ты не знал?" (Достоевский 1). "He's a Jesuit, a Russian one, that is. As a noble person, he has this hidden indignation seething in him because he has to pretend...to put on all this holiness." "But he does believe in God." "Not for a minute. Didn't you know?" (1a).
         ♦ Тому, что писали немецкие газеты, нельзя было верить и на грош (Кузнецов 1). The German newspapers could not be believed at all... (1a).
    —————

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > ни на полушку

  • 15 tener

    v.
    1 to have.
    tengo un hermano I have o I've got a brother
    tener fiebre to have a temperature
    tuvieron una pelea they had a fight
    tener un niño to have a baby
    ¡que tengan buen viaje! have a good journey!
    tengo las vacaciones en agosto my holidays are in August
    Yo tengo una casa I have a house.
    El carro tuvo un accidente The car had an accident.
    Esto tiene azúcar This has=is made of sugar.
    Yo tengo dos hijos I have=am the parent of two sons.
    Tengo un primo I have a cousin,
    Ella tuvo una gran idea She had a great idea.
    Yo tengo paperas I have=suffer from the mumps.
    Tengo un ataque de nervios I am having a nervous fit.
    Ella tiene su aprobación She has=meets with his approval.
    2 to be.
    tiene 3 metros de ancho it's 3 meters wide
    ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?
    tiene diez años she's ten (years old)
    tener hambre/miedo to be hungry/afraid
    tener mal humor to be bad-tempered
    le tiene lástima he feels sorry for her
    3 to get (recibir) (mensaje, regalo, visita, sensación).
    tuve un verdadero desengaño I was really disappointed
    tendrá una sorpresa he'll get a surprise
    4 to hold.
    tenlo por el asa hold it by the handle
    Ella tiene su bolso She holds her purse.
    5 to offer, to have.
    * * *
    Present Indicative
    tengo, tienes, tiene, tenemos, tenéis, tienen.
    Past Indicative
    Future Indicative
    Conditional
    Present Subjunctive
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Future Subjunctive
    Imperative
    ten (tú), tenga (él/Vd.), tengamos (nos.), tened (vos.), tengan (ellos/Vds.).
    * * *
    verb
    2) hold
    3) own, possess
    4) feel
    •
    - tener que
    - tenerse por
    * * *
    Para las expresiones como tener cuidado, tener ganas, tener suerte, tener de particular, tener en cuenta, ver la otra entrada.
    1. VERBO TRANSITIVO
    El uso de got con el verbo have es más frecuente en inglés británico, pero solo se usa en el presente.
    1) (=poseer, disponer de) to have, have got

    ¿tienes dinero? — do you have {o} have you got any money?

    ¿tienes un bolígrafo? — do you have {o} have you got a pen?

    ¿tiene usted permiso para esto? — do you have {o} have you got permission for this?

    tiene un tío en Venezuela — he has an uncle in Venezuela, he's got an uncle in Venezuela

    ahora no tengo tiempo — I don't have {o} I haven't got time now

    2) [referido a aspecto, carácter] to have, have got

    tiene el pelo rubio — he has blond hair, he's got blond hair

    tiene la nariz aguileña — she has an aquiline nose, she's got an aquiline nose

    3) [referido a edad] to be

    ¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

    4) [referido a ocupaciones] to have, have got

    tenemos clase de inglés a las 11 — we have an English class at 11, we've got an English class at 11

    el lunes tenemos una reunión — we're having a meeting on Monday, we've got a meeting on Monday

    5) (=parir) to have
    6) (=medir) to be
    7) (=sentir) + sustantivo to be + adj

    tener hambre/sed/calor/frío — to be hungry/thirsty/hot/cold

    8) (=padecer, sufrir) to have

    Luis tiene la gripe — Luis has {o} has got flu

    tengo fiebre — I have {o} I've got a (high) temperature

    ¿qué tienes? — what's the matter with you?, what's wrong with you?

    9) (=sostener) to hold

    tenía el pasaporte en la mano — he had his passport in his hand, he was holding his passport in his hand

    tenme el vaso un momento, por favor — hold my glass for me for a moment, please

    ¡ten!, ¡aquí tienes! — here you are!

    10) (=recibir) to have

    ¿has tenido noticias suyas? — have you heard from her?

    11) (=pensar, considerar)

    • tener [a bien] hacer algo — to see fit to do sth

    • tener a algn [en] algo, te tendrán en más estima — they will hold you in higher esteem

    • tener a algn [por] — + adj to consider sb (to be) + adj

    • ten por [seguro] que... — rest assured that...

    12) tener algo que ({+ infin})

    tengo trabajo que hacer — I have {o} I've got work to do

    no tengo nada que hacer — I have {o} I've got nothing to do

    eso no tiene nada que ver — that has {o} that's got nothing to do with it

    13) [locuciones]

    • ¡[ahí] lo tienes! — there you are!, there you have it!

    • tener algo [de] + adj —

    ¿qué tiene de malo? — what's wrong with that?

    • tenerlo [difícil] — to find it difficult

    • tenerlo [fácil] — to have it easy

    - ¿conque esas tenemos?

    no las tengo todas conmigo de que lo haga — I'm none too sure that he'll do it, I'm not entirely sure that he'll do it

    2. VERBO AUXILIAR
    1) tener que ({+ infin})
    a) [indicando obligación]

    tengo que comprarlo — I have to {o} I've got to buy it, I must buy it

    tenemos que marcharnos — we have to {o} we've got to go, we must be going

    tienen que aumentarte el sueldo — they have to {o} they've got to give you a rise

    b) [indicando suposición, probabilidad]

    ¡tienes que estar cansadísima! — you must be really tired!

    tiene que dolerte mucho ¿no? — it must hurt a lot, doesn't it?

    c) [en reproches]

    ¡tendrías que haberlo dicho antes! — you should have said so before!

    ¡tendría que darte vergüenza! — you should be ashamed of yourself!

    ¡tú tenías que ser! — it would be you!, it had to be you!

    d) [en sugerencias, recomendaciones]
    2) + participio
    3) + adj

    me tiene perplejo la falta de noticias — the lack of news is puzzling, I am puzzled by the lack of news

    4) esp Méx (=llevar)

    tienen tres meses de no cobrar — they haven't been paid for three months, it's three months since they've been paid

    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo [El uso de 'got' en frases como 'I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma 'I have a new dress']
    1) (poseer, disponer de) <dinero/trabajo/tiempo> to have

    ¿tienen hijos? — do they have any children?, have they got any children?

    no tenemos pan — we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread

    aquí tienes al culpable — here's o this is the culprit

    ¿conque ésas tenemos? — so that's the way things are, is it?

    2)
    a) ( llevar encima) to have

    ¿tiene hora? — have you got the time?

    b) ( llevar puesto) to be wearing
    3) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have

    tengo invitados a cenar — I have o I've got some people coming to dinner

    tener... que + inf — to have... to + inf

    tengo cosas que hacer — I have o I've got things to do

    4)
    a) (señalando características, atributos) to have

    tiene el pelo largo — she has o she's got long hair

    ¿y eso qué tiene de malo? — and what's so bad about that?

    le lleva 15 años - ¿y eso qué tiene? — (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he is - so what does that matter?

    ¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

    5) ( dar a luz) <bebé/gemelos> to have
    6) (sujetar, sostener) to hold
    7) ( tomar)

    ten la llave — take o here's the key

    8) ( recibir) to have
    9)
    a) ( sentir)

    tengo hambre/sueño/frío — I'm hungry/tired/cold

    tengo el placer de... — it gives me great pleasure to...

    ¿qué tienes? — what's wrong?, what's the matter?

    b) (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have

    tengo dolor de cabeza — I have o I've got a headache

    c) (refiriéndose a experiencias, sucesos) to have

    ten paciencia/cuidado — be patient/careful

    11) (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl)

    lo tiene dominado — she has him under her thumb

    12) ( considerar)

    tener algo/a alguien por algo: se lo tiene por el mejor he/it is considered (to be) the best; siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy; ten por seguro que lo hará — you can be sure he'll do it

    2.
    tener v aux
    1)
    a) (expresando obligación, necesidad)

    tener que + inf — to have (got) to + inf

    tengo que estudiar hoy — I have to o I must study today

    b) (expresando propósito, recomendación)

    tener que + inf: tenemos que ir a verla we must go and see her; tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise; tendrías que llamarlo — you should ring him

    tener que + inf: tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer; tiene que haber sido él it must have been him; tú tenías que ser! — it had to be you!

    ¿tiene previsto asistir? — do you plan to attend?

    3.
    tenerse v pron

    no tenerse de sueño — to be dead o asleep on one's feet

    2) (refl) ( considerarse)

    tenerse por algo: se tiene por muy inteligente — he considers himself to be very intelligent

    * * *
    = bear, contain, have, hold, own, carry, have got, have + in place, live with, have at + Posesivo + disposal, possess.
    Ex. Use a uniform title for an entry if the item bears a title proper that differs from the uniform title.
    Ex. The label contains information about the record, indicating, for instance, its length, status, for example, new, amended, type and class.
    Ex. Many of the aspects of the indexing process including, in particular, term selection and search logic have common features.
    Ex. If the search is made with a call number, a summary of copies with that call number which are held by the library is first displayed.
    Ex. For example, a person can consult the system holdings files to find out whether a library in the network owns a copy of the document.
    Ex. Europe Environment carries useful reports on the activities of the lobby groups in the environmental, consumer protection and research fields.
    Ex. Typical examples of enquiries of this kind that could be satisfied within minutes in any decently stocked library are ' Have you got anything on organising weddings?' 'Can you find me something on the history of paddle-steamers?'.
    Ex. The first country to have in place an operational domestic geostationary satellite communications system was Canada.
    Ex. Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.
    Ex. But this would require time and competencies, which not all policy makers have at their disposal.
    Ex. Not every index necessarily exhibits all the features of either of these types of indexing systems, and indeed, some will possess elements of both types of systems.
    ----
    * acabar teniendo = end up with.
    * acontecimiento + tener lugar = occurrence + take place.
    * a mí también me gustaría tener la misma oportunidad = turnabout is fair play.
    * aquí tiene(s) = here is/are.
    * a tener en cuenta en el futuro = for future reference.
    * cambio + tener lugar = change + take place.
    * curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.
    * dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.
    * del que se tiene constancia = recorded.
    * demostrar que se tiene razón = prove + Posesivo + point.
    * el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.
    * empezar a tener dudas = get + cold feet.
    * empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.
    * estudiar + Nombre + teniendo en cuenta + Nombre = place + Nombre + against the background of + Nombre.
    * hacer que tenga más valor = put + a premium on.
    * hombre que tiene mucho mundo = a man of the world.
    * lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * mujer que tiene mucho mundo = a woman of the world.
    * necesitarse tener en cuenta = need + consideration.
    * negar tener relación con = disclaim + connection with.
    * no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.
    * no tener alternativa = have + no choice.
    * no tener apetito = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.
    * no tener constancia de Algo = unrecorded.
    * no tener donde caerse muerto = not have two pennies to rub together.
    * no tener dos dedos de frente = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush.
    * no tener dos dedos de frnete = knucklehead.
    * no tener en cuenta = disregard, overlook, skip over, be oblivious of/to, close + the door on, leave + Nombre + out of the picture, fly in + the face of, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.
    * no tener errores = be error-free.
    * no tener éxito = come up with + nothing, prove + unsuccessful, be unsuccessful.
    * no tener fin = there + be + no end to.
    * no tener fronteras = have + no boundaries.
    * no tener fundamento = be unfounded.
    * no tener ganas = can't/couldn't be bothered, can't/couldn't be bothered.
    * no tener ganas de comer = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.
    * no tener hijos = be childless.
    * no tener hogar = be homeless.
    * no tener idea = have + no clue, have + no idea.
    * no tener idea de = be clueless about, have + no understanding of.
    * no tener importancia = be of no importance, make + no difference, be of no consequence.
    * no tener información = be undocumented.
    * no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.
    * no tener la menor importancia = be of no particular concern.
    * no tener la necesidad de usar Algo = have + no use for.
    * no tener la obligación de = be under no obligation.
    * no tener la preparación = be untrained.
    * no tener límite = have + no limit.
    * no tener límites = be boundless.
    * no tener lugar = fall through.
    * no tener más alternativa que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener más opción que = have + little choice but, have + no other option but.
    * no tener más remedio que = be stuck with, be left with the need to, get + stuck with.
    * no tener nada en contra de = have + no quarrel with, have + nothing against.
    * no tener nada en contra de Algo = have + no quarrel about + Nombre.
    * no tener nada que perder = have + nothing to lose.
    * no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.
    * no tener ni idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.
    * no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ningún escrúpulo en = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ningún fundamento = not have a leg to stand on.
    * no tener ningún interés = can't/couldn't be bothered.
    * no tener ningún problema con = be okay with.
    * no tener ningún remilgo en = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ningún reparo = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ni pies ni cabeza = be pointless.
    * no tener ni punto de comparación = be in a different league.
    * no tener ni puta idea = not get + Posesivo + shit together.
    * no tener ni puta idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.
    * no tener ni un pelo de tonto = there are no flies (on/about) + Pronombre.
    * no tener ni voz ni voto en = have + no say in.
    * no tener noticias es buena señal = no news is good news.
    * no tener opción = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra alternativa = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra alternativa que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener otra opción = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra opción que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener otro objetivo que el de = have + no other purpose than.
    * no tener otro sitio donde recurrir = have + nowhere else to turn.
    * no tener parangón = be unequalled, be without peer.
    * no tener pelos en la lengua = call + a spade a spade.
    * no tener posibilidades = be dead meat.
    * no tener prejuicios = be open-minded.
    * no tener presente = be oblivious of/to.
    * no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.
    * no tener razón = be wrong.
    * no tener razón de ser + Infinitivo = there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * no tener reparos = make + no bones about + Algo.
    * no tener reparos en admitir que = make + no bones about + Algo.
    * no tener representación = be unrepresented.
    * no tener respuesta = be unanswerable.
    * no tener rival = be second to none.
    * no tener rumbo = lose + Posesivo + way.
    * no tener salida = be stuck, get + stuck.
    * no tenerse en pie = Negativo + hold + water.
    * no tener sentido = be meaningless, be pointless, be senseless.
    * no tener sentido el + Infinitivo = there + be + no point in + Gerundio.
    * no tener sentido + Infinitivo = there + be + little point in + Gerundio, there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * no tener suerte = be out of luck.
    * no tener tiempo de nada = have + not a moment to spare.
    * no tener trabajo = be unemployed.
    * no tener trascendencia = be of no consequence.
    * no tener un duro = not have a bean.
    * no tener valor = be valueless.
    * no tener vida privada = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.
    * no terminar nunca de tener problemas con = have + no end of problems with.
    * ¡Ojalá tuviera...! = I wish I had....
    * ¡Ojalá tuviese...! = I wish I had....
    * parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.
    * por si + tener + suerte = on spec.
    * que no tiene compensación = non-compensatory [noncompensatory].
    * que no tiene precio = priceless.
    * que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.
    * que tiene precio = priced.
    * que tiene sentido = meaningful.
    * que tiene solución = solvable.
    * revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.
    * sin tener = in the absence of.
    * sin tener en cuenta = never mind, without regard to, independently of, disregarding, not including.
    * sin tener en cuenta el hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.
    * sin tener que recurrir a = without recourse to.
    * tenemos intereses en ambas partes = our feet are in both worlds.
    * tener a Alguien metido en un puño = have + Nombre + under + Posesivo + thumb.
    * tener a cargo de uno = have + as + Posesivo + charge.
    * tener acceso a información confidencial = be on the inside.
    * tener acuerdos con = have + deals with.
    * tener afinidades = share + common ground.
    * tener aire acondiconado = be air-conditioned.
    * tener a la disposición de Uno = have at + Posesivo + disposal.
    * tener al alcance = have at + Posesivo + touch.
    * tener Algo al alcance = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener algo a mano = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener + Algo + a + Posesivo + entera disposición = have + the run of the + Nombre.
    * tener Algo bajo el control de Uno = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + command.
    * tener Algo claro = clarify + Posesivo + mind.
    * tener Algo en común = have + Nombre + in common, share + Nombre + in common.
    * tener algo en contra de = have + something against.
    * tener Algo fácilmente accesible = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.
    * tener algo muy vivo en la mente de uno = be strong in + mind.
    * tener algo que decir sobre = have + a say in.
    * tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.
    * tener algo reservado = have + something up + Posesivo + sleeve.
    * tener alguna incidencia en = have + some bearing on.
    * tener alguna posibilidad = have + a fighting chance.
    * tener alguna posibilidad de triunfar = have + a fighting chance.
    * tener alguna relevancia para = have + some bearing on.
    * tener alucinaciones = hallucinate.
    * tener a mano = have at + Posesivo + touch, have + on call, have + to hand, keep within + reach, be to hand.
    * tener ansias de = crave, crave for.
    * tener antecedentes de = have + a track record of.
    * tener antojo de = crave, crave for.
    * tener a + Posesivo + cargo = have + in + Posesivo + charge.
    * tener aspecto = look.
    * tener atrasos = be in arrears.
    * tener aversión a = have + aversion to.
    * tener beneficios = have + benefits.
    * tener buena mano con las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.
    * tener buen apetito = have + a good appetite.
    * tener buenas intenciones = be well-intentioned, mean + well.
    * tener buenas perspectivas para = be well-placed to.
    * tener buen ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a good judge of character.
    * tener bulla = be in a hurry.
    * tener cabida para = hold, accommodate, include, take.
    * tener calentura = have + a temperature, have + a fever.
    * tener características en común = share + similarities.
    * tener cara de muerto = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener carencias = find + wanting.
    * tener carta blanca = have + carte-blanche.
    * tener causa justificada = have + good cause.
    * tener cautela = proceed + with caution.
    * tener celos = feel + jealous.
    * tener claro = be clear in your mind.
    * tener coherencia = cohere.
    * tener cólicos = be colicky.
    * tener como consecuencia = result (in).
    * tener como equivalente = have + counterpart.
    * tener como motivo central = plan around + Nombre.
    * tener como objetivo = have + as + Posesivo + objective, be in business for.
    * tener como sede = headquarter (at/in).
    * tener compasión de = have + compassion for.
    * tener conocimiento de = be privy to, be aware of.
    * tener consecuencias = have + consequences.
    * tener consecuencias en = have + implication for.
    * tener consecuencias negativas = backfire.
    * tener contacto = have + contact.
    * tener contactos = liaise (with/between).
    * tener controlado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.
    * tener control sobre = have + hold on.
    * tener coraje = pluck up + courage, gather up + courage.
    * tener correlación con = bear + correlation with.
    * tener correspondencia = bear + correspondence (to).
    * tener cosas en común = share + common ground.
    * tener cualidades + Adjetivo = be of + Adjetivo + quality.
    * tener cuidado = exercise + care, exercise + caution, proceed + with caution, watch out, take + caution.
    * tener cuidado con = watch for, beware (of/that), look out for, be wary of.
    * tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.
    * tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.
    * tener cuidado de = be careful, be chary of, take + (great) pains to.
    * tener cuidado (de que) = take + care (that).
    * tener cultivos = grow + crops.
    * tener debilidad por = have + a soft spot for.
    * tener delante = have + before.
    * tener demasiada prisa = be in too much of a hurry, be in too much of a rush.
    * tener derecho a = be entitled to, have + a right to, entitle to, have + the right to, have + a say in.
    * tener derecho a expresar + Posesivo + opinión = be entitled to + Posesivo + own opinion.
    * tener derecho de paso = have + the right of way.
    * tener dificultad = struggle, experience + difficulty, be hard pressed.
    * tener dificultad de + Infinitivo = have + difficulty + Gerundio, have + difficulty in + Gerundio.
    * tener dificultad en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.
    * tener dificultades = have + a hard time, have + a tough time.
    * tener dinero a punta pala = roll in + Dinero.
    * tener dominado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.
    * tener dudas = be doubtful, have + misgivings, have + reservations (about), be suspicious.
    * tener dudas sobre = be ambivalent about.
    * tener efecto = take + effect, have + effect.
    * tener efecto sobre = impinge on/upon.
    * tener el atrevimiento de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener el corazón de un león = have + the heart of a lion.
    * tener el deber de = have + a responsibility to.
    * tener el derecho de = have + the right to.
    * tener el descaro de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener el destino de = suffer + the fate of.
    * tener el estatus profesional de + Nombre = have + Nombre + status.
    * tener el gusto de = take + pleasure.
    * tener el hábito de = have + the habit of.
    * tener el honor de = have + the honour of.
    * tener el lujo = have + luxury.
    * tener el mando = rule + the roost.
    * tener el mejor aspecto posible = look + Posesivo + best.
    * tener el mismo destino = suffer + the same fate.
    * tener el mono = suffer from + withdrawal symptoms.
    * tener el placer de = take + pleasure.
    * tener el plazo cumplido = be due.
    * tener el plazo vencido = be overdue.
    * tener el poder = be the boss, call + the shots, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener el poder de = have + the power to.
    * tener el toque mágico = have + the magic touch.
    * tener el valor = have + the courage.
    * tener el valor de = have + the guts to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener en común = hold in + common, tread + common ground.
    * tener en común con = partake (in/of).
    * tener en consideración = take into + consideration, take into + consideration.
    * tener en cuenta = allow for, bear in + mind, cater for/to, consider (as), heed, make + allowances, take + account of, take + cognisance of, take + cognition of, take into + account, take into + consideration, make + provision for, bring into + play, give + an ear to, factor, have + regard for, factor in, be aware of, note, keep in + mind.
    * tener en cuenta las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.
    * tener en cuenta un punto de vista = take into + account + viewpoint, contemplate + view.
    * tener en funcionamiento = have + in effect.
    * tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.
    * tener en mente = bear in + mind, have + in mind, keep in + mind.
    * tener en observación = hold under + observation, keep under + observation.
    * tener en reserva = hold in + reserve.
    * tener entre manos = be up to.
    * tener envidia de = envy.
    * tener errores = be flawed.
    * tener éxito = achieve + success, be successful, get + anywhere, meet + success, prove + successful, succeed, attain + appeal, be a success, find + success, come up + trumps, prove + trumps, take off, meet with + success, hit + the big time, be popular, go + strong.
    * tener éxito en el mundo = succeed in + the world.
    * tener éxito en la vida = succeed in + life, get on in + life.
    * tener expectativas = hold + expectations, have + expectations.
    * tener experiencia = have + experience.
    * tener fácilmente accesible = have at + Posesivo + touch.
    * tener fallos = be flawed.
    * tener fe = have + faith (in).
    * tener fe en = have + faith (in).
    * tener fiebre = have + a temperature, have + a fever.
    * tener fijación por = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).
    * tener flatulencia = pass + gas, break + wind, pass + wind.
    * tener forma + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in shape.
    * tener frenillo = lisp.
    * tener fundamento para pensar que = have + reason to believe that.
    * tener futuro = have + potential, there + be + a future for/in, have + a future.
    * tener ganada la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.
    * tener ganada sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.
    * tener ganas de = be keen to, have + an/the inclination to.
    * tener ganas de + Infinitivo = feel like + Gerundio.
    * tener gancho = be engaging.
    * tener gastos = incur + costs.
    * tener gastos generales = incur + overheads.
    * tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * tener gran importancia = be of high significance.
    * tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.
    * tener hambre = be hungry, feel + hungry.
    * tener hambre después del esfuerzo = work up + an appetite.
    * tener hijos = father + children, have + children.
    * tener hipo = hiccup.
    * tener horario ajustado = be under time constraint.
    * tener horror a = loathe, hate.
    * tener idea = have + a clue.
    * tener impacto = make + impact.
    * tener impacto (sobre) = have + impact (on).
    * tener implicaciones para = have + implication for.
    * tener importancia = carry + weight, have + high profile, be of consequence.
    * tener indigestión = have + indigestion.
    * tener influencias = have + pull.
    * tener influencia sobre = have + hold on.
    * tener iniciativa = be proactive.
    * tener intereses en = have + a stake in.
    * tener intereses en juego = have + invested.
    * tener interés por = have + an interest in.
    * tener interés por/en = be interested in.
    * tener inventiva = be inventive.
    * tener jurisdicción = have + jurisdiction (over).
    * tener la autoridad = have + mandate.
    * tener la bragueta abierta = fly + be undone.
    * tener la capacidad de = have + the potential (to/for).
    * tener la cara de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la cara descompuesta = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener la categoría profesional de + Nombre = hold + Nombre + rank, have + Nombre + rank, enjoy + Nombre + rank.
    * tener la certeza de = feel + confident.
    * tener la certeza de que = rest + assured that.
    * tener la conciencia limpia = have + a clear conscience.
    * tener la conciencia tranquila = have + a clear conscience.
    * tener la convicción = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.
    * tener la costumbre de = have + a habit of, have + the habit of.
    * tener la costumbre de + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.
    * tener la cuenta bancaria = bank.
    * tener la culpa (por/de) = be at fault (for/to).
    * tener la culpa de Algo que se ha causado Uno mismo = be of + Posesivo + own making.
    * tener la desfachatez de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la desvergüenza de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la doble función = double as, double up as.
    * tener la facultad de = have + powers to.
    * tener la fama de = have + a good record for.
    * tener la fecha de + Fecha = be dated + Fecha.
    * tener la frescura de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la función de = be in the business of.
    * tener la impresión = have + the impression, get + the impression.
    * tener la impresión de que = get + the feeling that.
    * tener la intención de = be intended to, intend, mean.
    * tener la intención de + Infinitivo = set out to + Infinitivo.
    * tener la libertad de = be at liberty to, feel + free to.
    * tener la libertard de/para = have + the latitude to.
    * tener la malafortuna de = have + the misfortune to.
    * tener la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.
    * tener la misma importancia = carry + equal weight.
    * tener la obligación de = be under the obligation to.
    * tener la ocasión de = have + opportunity to.
    * tener la oficina central en = headquarter (at/in).
    * tener la opinión = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.
    * tener la oportunidad = have + the opportunity.
    * tener la oportunidad de = get + (a/the) + chance to, have + opportunity to, get + a chance to.
    * tener la osadía de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la paciencia del santo Job = have + the patience of Job.
    * tener la paciencia de un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * tener la posibilidad de = have + chance.
    * tener la potestad = have + mandate.
    * tener la potestad de = have + the power to, have + the right to.
    * tener lapsus = have + lapses.
    * tener la reputación de ser = be well known for.
    * tener la responsabilidad = charge, undertake + burden.
    * tener la responsabilidad de = have + the responsibility of.
    * tener la sartén por el mango = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener la seguridad de = have + the security of.
    * tener la seguridad de que = rest + assured that.
    * tener la sensación de que = have + a gut feeling that.
    * tener las mismas prerrogativas = have + an equal voice in.
    * tener las riendas de = hold + the reins of.
    * tener las riendas del poder = hold + the reins of power.
    * tener lástima = pity.
    * tener lástima de = take + pity on.
    * tener la tentación de = be tempted to.
    * tener la última palabra = have + the ultimate say, have + the final say, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener la vista cansada = need + reading glasses.
    * tenerle manía a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tenerle rabia a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tenerle tirria a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tener libertad = have + freedom.
    * tener libertad sobre = have + wide discretion over.
    * tenerlo crudo = not be easy.
    * tenerlo difícil = not be easy, not be easy.
    * tenerlo duro = not be easy.
    * tenerlo fácil = have + an easy ride.
    * tener lo mejor de ambos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tener lo mejor de los dos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tener lo que hace falta = have + what it takes.
    * tener lo que hay que tener = have + what it takes.
    * tener lo que se necesita = have + what it takes.
    * tener los días contados = day + be + numbered, be doomed, doomed, be dead meat, the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * tener los nervios de punta = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * tener los nervios en el estómago = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * tener los pies firmemente en el suelo = feet + be + firmly planted on the ground.
    * tenerlo todo = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.
    * tener lugar = take + place, go on, come to + pass.
    * tener madera de = be cut out for.
    * tener mala fama por = hold in + disrepute, be infamous for.
    * tener malas conexiones con = have + poor connections with.
    * tener malas intenciones = be up to no good, get up to + no good.
    * tener mal de amores = be lovesick.
    * tener mal ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a bad judge of character.
    * tener más paciencia que el santo Job = have + the patience of Job.
    * tener más paciencia que un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * tener mérito = be meritorious.
    * tener miedo = be afraid, be in fear, frighten.
    * tener miedo a = be scared of.
    * tener miedo a Alguien = regard + Nombre + with fear.
    * tener motivo = be right.
    * tener motivo justificado = have + good cause.
    * tener motivo para = have + cause to.
    * tener movilidad = be mobile.
    * tener mucha distancia que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * tener mucha ilusión = be thrilled.
    * tener mucha personalidad = be full of character.
    * tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * tener mucho carácter = be full of character.
    * tener mucho cuidado = be extra vigilant.
    * tener mucho éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * tener mucho interés en = have + a high stake in.
    * tener mucho interés por = be keen to.
    * tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.
    * tener mucho tiempo libre = have + plenty of time to spare.
    * tener muy mala cara = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener niños = have + children.
    * tener + Nombre = be not without + Nombre.
    * tener noticias de = hear from.
    * tener + Número + Período de Tiempo = be + Período de Tiempo + old.
    * tener obligación = have + obligation.
    * tener obsesión con = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).
    * tener ojeras = have + bags under + Posesivo + eyes.
    * tener ojos en la nuca = have + eyes in the back of + Posesivo + head.
    * tener opinión = take + view.
    * tener paciencia = be patient.
    * tener paciencia con = bear with + Pronombre.
    * tener palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.
    * tener paralelo = have + parallel.
    * tener pelos en la lengua = mince + words.
    * tener pérdidas = make + a loss.
    * tener perplejo = stump.
    * tener plena conciencia de = be fully aware of.
    * tener poca información = be information poor.
    * tener pocas luces = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush, knucklehead.
    * tener pocas posibilidades de = have + little recourse.
    * tener poco que ver = have + little to do.
    * tener poco valor = be of little value.
    * tener por costumbre + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.
    * tener por término medio = average.
    * tener posibilidades = stand + chance, be in with a chance.
    * tener potencial = have + potential.
    * tener precaución de = be chary of.
    * tener precedencia = take + priority.
    * tener preferencia = be preferential, have + the right of way.
    * tener preferencia (sobre) = take + precedence (over).
    * tener presente = be mindful of/that, bear in + mind, consider (as), keep in + focus, keep in + mind, make + consideration, mind, make + provision for, have + regard for, be aware of.
    * tener presente las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.
    * tener prioridad = trump.
    * tener prisa = be in a hurry.
    * tener problema con Algo = experience + trouble with.
    * tener problemas = have + problems.
    * tener problemas con = fall + foul of, run + afoul of problems, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.
    * tener problemas con la ley = fall + foul of the law, go + afoul of the law, fall + afoul of the law.
    * tener programado su comienzo = be scheduled to start.
    * tener programado su finalización = be scheduled for completion.
    * tener pros y contras = be a mixed blessing.
    * tener que = have to, hafta [have to].
    * tener que aguantar Algo = be stuck with, get + stuck with.
    * tener que arreglárselas solo = leave (up) to + Posesivo + own resources, leave to + Posesivo + own devices.
    * tener que cargar con = be stuck with, saddle with, get + stuck with.
    * tener que cargar con el peso de = be burdened with.
    * tener que cargar con el peso de la tradición = be burdened with + tradition.
    * tener que competir con = face + competition from.
    * tener + que felicitar a Alguien = have to hand it to + Nombre.
    * tener que ocurrir = be boun.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo [El uso de 'got' en frases como 'I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma 'I have a new dress']
    1) (poseer, disponer de) <dinero/trabajo/tiempo> to have

    ¿tienen hijos? — do they have any children?, have they got any children?

    no tenemos pan — we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread

    aquí tienes al culpable — here's o this is the culprit

    ¿conque ésas tenemos? — so that's the way things are, is it?

    2)
    a) ( llevar encima) to have

    ¿tiene hora? — have you got the time?

    b) ( llevar puesto) to be wearing
    3) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have

    tengo invitados a cenar — I have o I've got some people coming to dinner

    tener... que + inf — to have... to + inf

    tengo cosas que hacer — I have o I've got things to do

    4)
    a) (señalando características, atributos) to have

    tiene el pelo largo — she has o she's got long hair

    ¿y eso qué tiene de malo? — and what's so bad about that?

    le lleva 15 años - ¿y eso qué tiene? — (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he is - so what does that matter?

    ¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

    5) ( dar a luz) <bebé/gemelos> to have
    6) (sujetar, sostener) to hold
    7) ( tomar)

    ten la llave — take o here's the key

    8) ( recibir) to have
    9)
    a) ( sentir)

    tengo hambre/sueño/frío — I'm hungry/tired/cold

    tengo el placer de... — it gives me great pleasure to...

    ¿qué tienes? — what's wrong?, what's the matter?

    b) (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have

    tengo dolor de cabeza — I have o I've got a headache

    c) (refiriéndose a experiencias, sucesos) to have

    ten paciencia/cuidado — be patient/careful

    11) (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl)

    lo tiene dominado — she has him under her thumb

    12) ( considerar)

    tener algo/a alguien por algo: se lo tiene por el mejor he/it is considered (to be) the best; siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy; ten por seguro que lo hará — you can be sure he'll do it

    2.
    tener v aux
    1)
    a) (expresando obligación, necesidad)

    tener que + inf — to have (got) to + inf

    tengo que estudiar hoy — I have to o I must study today

    b) (expresando propósito, recomendación)

    tener que + inf: tenemos que ir a verla we must go and see her; tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise; tendrías que llamarlo — you should ring him

    tener que + inf: tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer; tiene que haber sido él it must have been him; tú tenías que ser! — it had to be you!

    ¿tiene previsto asistir? — do you plan to attend?

    3.
    tenerse v pron

    no tenerse de sueño — to be dead o asleep on one's feet

    2) (refl) ( considerarse)

    tenerse por algo: se tiene por muy inteligente — he considers himself to be very intelligent

    * * *
    = bear, contain, have, hold, own, carry, have got, have + in place, live with, have at + Posesivo + disposal, possess.

    Ex: Use a uniform title for an entry if the item bears a title proper that differs from the uniform title.

    Ex: The label contains information about the record, indicating, for instance, its length, status, for example, new, amended, type and class.
    Ex: Many of the aspects of the indexing process including, in particular, term selection and search logic have common features.
    Ex: If the search is made with a call number, a summary of copies with that call number which are held by the library is first displayed.
    Ex: For example, a person can consult the system holdings files to find out whether a library in the network owns a copy of the document.
    Ex: Europe Environment carries useful reports on the activities of the lobby groups in the environmental, consumer protection and research fields.
    Ex: Typical examples of enquiries of this kind that could be satisfied within minutes in any decently stocked library are ' Have you got anything on organising weddings?' 'Can you find me something on the history of paddle-steamers?'.
    Ex: The first country to have in place an operational domestic geostationary satellite communications system was Canada.
    Ex: Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.
    Ex: But this would require time and competencies, which not all policy makers have at their disposal.
    Ex: Not every index necessarily exhibits all the features of either of these types of indexing systems, and indeed, some will possess elements of both types of systems.
    * acabar teniendo = end up with.
    * acontecimiento + tener lugar = occurrence + take place.
    * a mí también me gustaría tener la misma oportunidad = turnabout is fair play.
    * aquí tiene(s) = here is/are.
    * a tener en cuenta en el futuro = for future reference.
    * cambio + tener lugar = change + take place.
    * curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.
    * dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.
    * del que se tiene constancia = recorded.
    * demostrar que se tiene razón = prove + Posesivo + point.
    * el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.
    * empezar a tener dudas = get + cold feet.
    * empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.
    * estudiar + Nombre + teniendo en cuenta + Nombre = place + Nombre + against the background of + Nombre.
    * hacer que tenga más valor = put + a premium on.
    * hombre que tiene mucho mundo = a man of the world.
    * lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * mujer que tiene mucho mundo = a woman of the world.
    * necesitarse tener en cuenta = need + consideration.
    * negar tener relación con = disclaim + connection with.
    * no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.
    * no tener alternativa = have + no choice.
    * no tener apetito = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.
    * no tener constancia de Algo = unrecorded.
    * no tener donde caerse muerto = not have two pennies to rub together.
    * no tener dos dedos de frente = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush.
    * no tener dos dedos de frnete = knucklehead.
    * no tener en cuenta = disregard, overlook, skip over, be oblivious of/to, close + the door on, leave + Nombre + out of the picture, fly in + the face of, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.
    * no tener errores = be error-free.
    * no tener éxito = come up with + nothing, prove + unsuccessful, be unsuccessful.
    * no tener fin = there + be + no end to.
    * no tener fronteras = have + no boundaries.
    * no tener fundamento = be unfounded.
    * no tener ganas = can't/couldn't be bothered, can't/couldn't be bothered.
    * no tener ganas de comer = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.
    * no tener hijos = be childless.
    * no tener hogar = be homeless.
    * no tener idea = have + no clue, have + no idea.
    * no tener idea de = be clueless about, have + no understanding of.
    * no tener importancia = be of no importance, make + no difference, be of no consequence.
    * no tener información = be undocumented.
    * no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.
    * no tener la menor importancia = be of no particular concern.
    * no tener la necesidad de usar Algo = have + no use for.
    * no tener la obligación de = be under no obligation.
    * no tener la preparación = be untrained.
    * no tener límite = have + no limit.
    * no tener límites = be boundless.
    * no tener lugar = fall through.
    * no tener más alternativa que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener más opción que = have + little choice but, have + no other option but.
    * no tener más remedio que = be stuck with, be left with the need to, get + stuck with.
    * no tener nada en contra de = have + no quarrel with, have + nothing against.
    * no tener nada en contra de Algo = have + no quarrel about + Nombre.
    * no tener nada que perder = have + nothing to lose.
    * no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.
    * no tener ni idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.
    * no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ningún escrúpulo en = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ningún fundamento = not have a leg to stand on.
    * no tener ningún interés = can't/couldn't be bothered.
    * no tener ningún problema con = be okay with.
    * no tener ningún remilgo en = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ningún reparo = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ni pies ni cabeza = be pointless.
    * no tener ni punto de comparación = be in a different league.
    * no tener ni puta idea = not get + Posesivo + shit together.
    * no tener ni puta idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.
    * no tener ni un pelo de tonto = there are no flies (on/about) + Pronombre.
    * no tener ni voz ni voto en = have + no say in.
    * no tener noticias es buena señal = no news is good news.
    * no tener opción = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra alternativa = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra alternativa que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener otra opción = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra opción que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener otro objetivo que el de = have + no other purpose than.
    * no tener otro sitio donde recurrir = have + nowhere else to turn.
    * no tener parangón = be unequalled, be without peer.
    * no tener pelos en la lengua = call + a spade a spade.
    * no tener posibilidades = be dead meat.
    * no tener prejuicios = be open-minded.
    * no tener presente = be oblivious of/to.
    * no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.
    * no tener razón = be wrong.
    * no tener razón de ser + Infinitivo = there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * no tener reparos = make + no bones about + Algo.
    * no tener reparos en admitir que = make + no bones about + Algo.
    * no tener representación = be unrepresented.
    * no tener respuesta = be unanswerable.
    * no tener rival = be second to none.
    * no tener rumbo = lose + Posesivo + way.
    * no tener salida = be stuck, get + stuck.
    * no tenerse en pie = Negativo + hold + water.
    * no tener sentido = be meaningless, be pointless, be senseless.
    * no tener sentido el + Infinitivo = there + be + no point in + Gerundio.
    * no tener sentido + Infinitivo = there + be + little point in + Gerundio, there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * no tener suerte = be out of luck.
    * no tener tiempo de nada = have + not a moment to spare.
    * no tener trabajo = be unemployed.
    * no tener trascendencia = be of no consequence.
    * no tener un duro = not have a bean.
    * no tener valor = be valueless.
    * no tener vida privada = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.
    * no terminar nunca de tener problemas con = have + no end of problems with.
    * ¡Ojalá tuviera...! = I wish I had....
    * ¡Ojalá tuviese...! = I wish I had....
    * parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.
    * por si + tener + suerte = on spec.
    * que no tiene compensación = non-compensatory [noncompensatory].
    * que no tiene precio = priceless.
    * que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.
    * que tiene precio = priced.
    * que tiene sentido = meaningful.
    * que tiene solución = solvable.
    * revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.
    * sin tener = in the absence of.
    * sin tener en cuenta = never mind, without regard to, independently of, disregarding, not including.
    * sin tener en cuenta el hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.
    * sin tener que recurrir a = without recourse to.
    * tenemos intereses en ambas partes = our feet are in both worlds.
    * tener a Alguien metido en un puño = have + Nombre + under + Posesivo + thumb.
    * tener a cargo de uno = have + as + Posesivo + charge.
    * tener acceso a información confidencial = be on the inside.
    * tener acuerdos con = have + deals with.
    * tener afinidades = share + common ground.
    * tener aire acondiconado = be air-conditioned.
    * tener a la disposición de Uno = have at + Posesivo + disposal.
    * tener al alcance = have at + Posesivo + touch.
    * tener Algo al alcance = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener algo a mano = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener + Algo + a + Posesivo + entera disposición = have + the run of the + Nombre.
    * tener Algo bajo el control de Uno = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + command.
    * tener Algo claro = clarify + Posesivo + mind.
    * tener Algo en común = have + Nombre + in common, share + Nombre + in common.
    * tener algo en contra de = have + something against.
    * tener Algo fácilmente accesible = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.
    * tener algo muy vivo en la mente de uno = be strong in + mind.
    * tener algo que decir sobre = have + a say in.
    * tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.
    * tener algo reservado = have + something up + Posesivo + sleeve.
    * tener alguna incidencia en = have + some bearing on.
    * tener alguna posibilidad = have + a fighting chance.
    * tener alguna posibilidad de triunfar = have + a fighting chance.
    * tener alguna relevancia para = have + some bearing on.
    * tener alucinaciones = hallucinate.
    * tener a mano = have at + Posesivo + touch, have + on call, have + to hand, keep within + reach, be to hand.
    * tener ansias de = crave, crave for.
    * tener antecedentes de = have + a track record of.
    * tener antojo de = crave, crave for.
    * tener a + Posesivo + cargo = have + in + Posesivo + charge.
    * tener aspecto = look.
    * tener atrasos = be in arrears.
    * tener aversión a = have + aversion to.
    * tener beneficios = have + benefits.
    * tener buena mano con las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.
    * tener buen apetito = have + a good appetite.
    * tener buenas intenciones = be well-intentioned, mean + well.
    * tener buenas perspectivas para = be well-placed to.
    * tener buen ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a good judge of character.
    * tener bulla = be in a hurry.
    * tener cabida para = hold, accommodate, include, take.
    * tener calentura = have + a temperature, have + a fever.
    * tener características en común = share + similarities.
    * tener cara de muerto = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener carencias = find + wanting.
    * tener carta blanca = have + carte-blanche.
    * tener causa justificada = have + good cause.
    * tener cautela = proceed + with caution.
    * tener celos = feel + jealous.
    * tener claro = be clear in your mind.
    * tener coherencia = cohere.
    * tener cólicos = be colicky.
    * tener como consecuencia = result (in).
    * tener como equivalente = have + counterpart.
    * tener como motivo central = plan around + Nombre.
    * tener como objetivo = have + as + Posesivo + objective, be in business for.
    * tener como sede = headquarter (at/in).
    * tener compasión de = have + compassion for.
    * tener conocimiento de = be privy to, be aware of.
    * tener consecuencias = have + consequences.
    * tener consecuencias en = have + implication for.
    * tener consecuencias negativas = backfire.
    * tener contacto = have + contact.
    * tener contactos = liaise (with/between).
    * tener controlado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.
    * tener control sobre = have + hold on.
    * tener coraje = pluck up + courage, gather up + courage.
    * tener correlación con = bear + correlation with.
    * tener correspondencia = bear + correspondence (to).
    * tener cosas en común = share + common ground.
    * tener cualidades + Adjetivo = be of + Adjetivo + quality.
    * tener cuidado = exercise + care, exercise + caution, proceed + with caution, watch out, take + caution.
    * tener cuidado con = watch for, beware (of/that), look out for, be wary of.
    * tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.
    * tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.
    * tener cuidado de = be careful, be chary of, take + (great) pains to.
    * tener cuidado (de que) = take + care (that).
    * tener cultivos = grow + crops.
    * tener debilidad por = have + a soft spot for.
    * tener delante = have + before.
    * tener demasiada prisa = be in too much of a hurry, be in too much of a rush.
    * tener derecho a = be entitled to, have + a right to, entitle to, have + the right to, have + a say in.
    * tener derecho a expresar + Posesivo + opinión = be entitled to + Posesivo + own opinion.
    * tener derecho de paso = have + the right of way.
    * tener dificultad = struggle, experience + difficulty, be hard pressed.
    * tener dificultad de + Infinitivo = have + difficulty + Gerundio, have + difficulty in + Gerundio.
    * tener dificultad en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.
    * tener dificultades = have + a hard time, have + a tough time.
    * tener dinero a punta pala = roll in + Dinero.
    * tener dominado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.
    * tener dudas = be doubtful, have + misgivings, have + reservations (about), be suspicious.
    * tener dudas sobre = be ambivalent about.
    * tener efecto = take + effect, have + effect.
    * tener efecto sobre = impinge on/upon.
    * tener el atrevimiento de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener el corazón de un león = have + the heart of a lion.
    * tener el deber de = have + a responsibility to.
    * tener el derecho de = have + the right to.
    * tener el descaro de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener el destino de = suffer + the fate of.
    * tener el estatus profesional de + Nombre = have + Nombre + status.
    * tener el gusto de = take + pleasure.
    * tener el hábito de = have + the habit of.
    * tener el honor de = have + the honour of.
    * tener el lujo = have + luxury.
    * tener el mando = rule + the roost.
    * tener el mejor aspecto posible = look + Posesivo + best.
    * tener el mismo destino = suffer + the same fate.
    * tener el mono = suffer from + withdrawal symptoms.
    * tener el placer de = take + pleasure.
    * tener el plazo cumplido = be due.
    * tener el plazo vencido = be overdue.
    * tener el poder = be the boss, call + the shots, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener el poder de = have + the power to.
    * tener el toque mágico = have + the magic touch.
    * tener el valor = have + the courage.
    * tener el valor de = have + the guts to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener en común = hold in + common, tread + common ground.
    * tener en común con = partake (in/of).
    * tener en consideración = take into + consideration, take into + consideration.
    * tener en cuenta = allow for, bear in + mind, cater for/to, consider (as), heed, make + allowances, take + account of, take + cognisance of, take + cognition of, take into + account, take into + consideration, make + provision for, bring into + play, give + an ear to, factor, have + regard for, factor in, be aware of, note, keep in + mind.
    * tener en cuenta las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.
    * tener en cuenta un punto de vista = take into + account + viewpoint, contemplate + view.
    * tener en funcionamiento = have + in effect.
    * tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.
    * tener en mente = bear in + mind, have + in mind, keep in + mind.
    * tener en observación = hold under + observation, keep under + observation.
    * tener en reserva = hold in + reserve.
    * tener entre manos = be up to.
    * tener envidia de = envy.
    * tener errores = be flawed.
    * tener éxito = achieve + success, be successful, get + anywhere, meet + success, prove + successful, succeed, attain + appeal, be a success, find + success, come up + trumps, prove + trumps, take off, meet with + success, hit + the big time, be popular, go + strong.
    * tener éxito en el mundo = succeed in + the world.
    * tener éxito en la vida = succeed in + life, get on in + life.
    * tener expectativas = hold + expectations, have + expectations.
    * tener experiencia = have + experience.
    * tener fácilmente accesible = have at + Posesivo + touch.
    * tener fallos = be flawed.
    * tener fe = have + faith (in).
    * tener fe en = have + faith (in).
    * tener fiebre = have + a temperature, have + a fever.
    * tener fijación por = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).
    * tener flatulencia = pass + gas, break + wind, pass + wind.
    * tener forma + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in shape.
    * tener frenillo = lisp.
    * tener fundamento para pensar que = have + reason to believe that.
    * tener futuro = have + potential, there + be + a future for/in, have + a future.
    * tener ganada la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.
    * tener ganada sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.
    * tener ganas de = be keen to, have + an/the inclination to.
    * tener ganas de + Infinitivo = feel like + Gerundio.
    * tener gancho = be engaging.
    * tener gastos = incur + costs.
    * tener gastos generales = incur + overheads.
    * tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * tener gran importancia = be of high significance.
    * tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.
    * tener hambre = be hungry, feel + hungry.
    * tener hambre después del esfuerzo = work up + an appetite.
    * tener hijos = father + children, have + children.
    * tener hipo = hiccup.
    * tener horario ajustado = be under time constraint.
    * tener horror a = loathe, hate.
    * tener idea = have + a clue.
    * tener impacto = make + impact.
    * tener impacto (sobre) = have + impact (on).
    * tener implicaciones para = have + implication for.
    * tener importancia = carry + weight, have + high profile, be of consequence.
    * tener indigestión = have + indigestion.
    * tener influencias = have + pull.
    * tener influencia sobre = have + hold on.
    * tener iniciativa = be proactive.
    * tener intereses en = have + a stake in.
    * tener intereses en juego = have + invested.
    * tener interés por = have + an interest in.
    * tener interés por/en = be interested in.
    * tener inventiva = be inventive.
    * tener jurisdicción = have + jurisdiction (over).
    * tener la autoridad = have + mandate.
    * tener la bragueta abierta = fly + be undone.
    * tener la capacidad de = have + the potential (to/for).
    * tener la cara de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la cara descompuesta = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener la categoría profesional de + Nombre = hold + Nombre + rank, have + Nombre + rank, enjoy + Nombre + rank.
    * tener la certeza de = feel + confident.
    * tener la certeza de que = rest + assured that.
    * tener la conciencia limpia = have + a clear conscience.
    * tener la conciencia tranquila = have + a clear conscience.
    * tener la convicción = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.
    * tener la costumbre de = have + a habit of, have + the habit of.
    * tener la costumbre de + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.
    * tener la cuenta bancaria = bank.
    * tener la culpa (por/de) = be at fault (for/to).
    * tener la culpa de Algo que se ha causado Uno mismo = be of + Posesivo + own making.
    * tener la desfachatez de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la desvergüenza de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la doble función = double as, double up as.
    * tener la facultad de = have + powers to.
    * tener la fama de = have + a good record for.
    * tener la fecha de + Fecha = be dated + Fecha.
    * tener la frescura de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la función de = be in the business of.
    * tener la impresión = have + the impression, get + the impression.
    * tener la impresión de que = get + the feeling that.
    * tener la intención de = be intended to, intend, mean.
    * tener la intención de + Infinitivo = set out to + Infinitivo.
    * tener la libertad de = be at liberty to, feel + free to.
    * tener la libertard de/para = have + the latitude to.
    * tener la malafortuna de = have + the misfortune to.
    * tener la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.
    * tener la misma importancia = carry + equal weight.
    * tener la obligación de = be under the obligation to.
    * tener la ocasión de = have + opportunity to.
    * tener la oficina central en = headquarter (at/in).
    * tener la opinión = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.
    * tener la oportunidad = have + the opportunity.
    * tener la oportunidad de = get + (a/the) + chance to, have + opportunity to, get + a chance to.
    * tener la osadía de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la paciencia del santo Job = have + the patience of Job.
    * tener la paciencia de un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * tener la posibilidad de = have + chance.
    * tener la potestad = have + mandate.
    * tener la potestad de = have + the power to, have + the right to.
    * tener lapsus = have + lapses.
    * tener la reputación de ser = be well known for.
    * tener la responsabilidad = charge, undertake + burden.
    * tener la responsabilidad de = have + the responsibility of.
    * tener la sartén por el mango = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener la seguridad de = have + the security of.
    * tener la seguridad de que = rest + assured that.
    * tener la sensación de que = have + a gut feeling that.
    * tener las mismas prerrogativas = have + an equal voice in.
    * tener las riendas de = hold + the reins of.
    * tener las riendas del poder = hold + the reins of power.
    * tener lástima = pity.
    * tener lástima de = take + pity on.
    * tener la tentación de = be tempted to.
    * tener la última palabra = have + the ultimate say, have + the final say, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener la vista cansada = need + reading glasses.
    * tenerle manía a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tenerle rabia a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tenerle tirria a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tener libertad = have + freedom.
    * tener libertad sobre = have + wide discretion over.
    * tenerlo crudo = not be easy.
    * tenerlo difícil = not be easy, not be easy.
    * tenerlo duro = not be easy.
    * tenerlo fácil = have + an easy ride.
    * tener lo mejor de ambos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tener lo mejor de los dos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tener lo que hace falta = have + what it takes.
    * tener lo que hay que tener = have + what it takes.
    * tener lo que se necesita = have + what it takes.
    * tener los días contados = day + be + numbered, be doomed, doomed, be dead meat, the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * tener los nervios de punta = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * tener los nervios en el estómago = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * tener los pies firmemente en el suelo = feet + be + firmly planted on the ground.
    * tenerlo todo = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.
    * tener lugar = take + place, go on, come to + pass.
    * tener madera de = be cut out for.
    * tener mala fama por = hold in + disrepute, be infamous for.
    * tener malas conexiones con = have + poor connections with.
    * tener malas intenciones = be up to no good, get up to + no good.
    * tener mal de amores = be lovesick.
    * tener mal ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a bad judge of character.
    * tener más paciencia que el santo Job = have + the patience of Job.
    * tener más paciencia que un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * tener mérito = be meritorious.
    * tener miedo = be afraid, be in fear, frighten.
    * tener miedo a = be scared of.
    * tener miedo a Alguien = regard + Nombre + with fear.
    * tener motivo = be right.
    * tener motivo justificado = have + good cause.
    * tener motivo para = have + cause to.
    * tener movilidad = be mobile.
    * tener mucha distancia que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * tener mucha ilusión = be thrilled.
    * tener mucha personalidad = be full of character.
    * tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * tener mucho carácter = be full of character.
    * tener mucho cuidado = be extra vigilant.
    * tener mucho éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * tener mucho interés en = have + a high stake in.
    * tener mucho interés por = be keen to.
    * tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.
    * tener mucho tiempo libre = have + plenty of time to spare.
    * tener muy mala cara = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener niños = have + children.
    * tener + Nombre = be not without + Nombre.
    * tener noticias de = hear from.
    * tener + Número + Período de Tiempo = be + Período de Tiempo + old.
    * tener obligación = have + obligation.
    * tener obsesión con = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).
    * tener ojeras = have + bags under + Posesivo + eyes.
    * tener ojos en la nuca = have + eyes in the back of + Posesivo + head.
    * tener opinión = take + view.
    * tener paciencia = be patient.
    * tener paciencia con = bear with + Pronombre.
    * tener palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.
    * tener paralelo = have + parallel.
    * tener pelos en la lengua = mince + words.
    * tener pérdidas = make + a loss.
    * tener perplejo = stump.
    * tener plena conciencia de = be fully aware of.
    * tener poca información = be information poor.
    * tener pocas luces = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush, knucklehead.
    * tener pocas posibilidades de = have + little recourse.
    * tener poco que ver = have + little to do.
    * tener poco valor = be of little value.
    * tener por costumbre + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.
    * tener por término medio = average.
    * tener posibilidades = stand + chance, be in with a chance.
    * tener potencial = have + potential.
    * tener precaución de = be chary of.
    * tener precedencia = take + priority.
    * tener preferencia = be preferential, have + the right of way.
    * tener preferencia (sobre) = take + precedence (over).
    * tener presente = be mindful of/that, bear in + mind, consider (as), keep in + focus, keep in + mind, make + consideration, mind, make + provision for, have + regard for, be aware of.
    * tener presente las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.
    * tener prioridad = trump.
    * tener prisa = be in a hurry.
    * tener problema con Algo = experience + trouble with.
    * tener problemas = have + problems.
    * tener problemas con = fall + foul of, run + afoul of problems, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.
    * tener problemas con la ley = fall + foul of the law, go + afoul of the law, fall + afoul of the law.
    * tener programado su comienzo = be scheduled to start.
    * tener programado su finalización = be scheduled for completion.
    * tener pros y contras = be a mixed blessing.
    * tener que = have to, hafta [have to].
    * tener que aguantar Algo = be stuck with, get + stuck with.
    * tener que arreglárselas solo = leave (up) to + Posesivo + own resources, leave to + Posesivo + own devices.
    * tener que cargar con = be stuck with, saddle with, get + stuck with.
    * tener que cargar con el peso de = be burdened with.
    * tener que cargar con el peso de la tradición = be burdened with + tradition.
    * tener que competir con = face + competition from.
    * tener + que felicitar a Alguien = have to hand it to + Nombre.
    * tener que ocurrir = be boun

    * * *
    tener [ E27 ]
    ■ tener (verbo transitivo)
    A poseer, disponer de
    B
    1 llevar encima
    2 llevar puesto
    C actividades, obligaciones
    D
    1 señalando características
    2 expresando edad
    3 con idea de posibilidad
    E dar a luz
    A sujetar, sostener
    B tomar
    A recibir
    B
    1 sentir
    2 refiriéndose a síntomas
    3 refiriéndose a sucesos
    C refiriéndose a actitudes
    A indicando estado, situación
    B tener algo/a alguien por algo
    ■ tener (verbo auxiliar)
    A
    1 tener que: obligación
    2 tener que: propósito
    B tener que: certeza
    A con participio pasado
    B en expresiones de tiempo
    ■ tenerse (verbo pronominal)
    A sostenerse
    B tenerse por algo
    vt
    [El uso de `got' en frases como `I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma `I have a new dress']
    A (poseer, disponer de) ‹dinero/trabajo/tiempo› to have
    ése ya lo tengo I already have that one, I've already got that one
    ¿tienen hijos? do they have any children?, have they got any children?
    tiene un sueldo muy bueno she earns a very good salary, she is on a very good salary
    no tenemos aceitunas we don't have any olives, we haven't got any olives
    no tenía bastante dinero I didn't have enough money
    no tengo a quién recurrir I have o I've got nobody to turn to
    tú no tienes idea de lo que fue you've no idea o you can't imagine what it was like
    aquí tienes al autor del delito here's o this is the culprit
    ¡ahí tienes! ¿ves cómo no se los puede dejar solos? there you are! you see how they can't be left on their own?
    ¿conque ésas tenemos? so that's the way things are, is it?
    no tenerlas todas consigo ( fam): no sé, no las tengo todas conmigo I don't know, I'm not entirely sure o I'm not a hundred percent sure o I'm not at all sure
    tenerla con algn (CS fam); to have it in for sb ( colloq)
    tenerla con algo (CS fam); to keep o go on about sth ( colloq)
    B
    1 (llevar encima) to have
    ¿tienes cambio de $100? do you have change for $100?
    no tengo un lápiz I don't have a pencil (on me), I haven't got a pencil (on me)
    ¿tiene hora? have you got the time?, could you tell me the time?
    2 (llevar puesto) to be wearing, have on
    ¡qué traje más elegante tienes! that's a smart suit you're wearing o you have on!
    C (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have
    esta noche tengo una fiesta I'm going to o I have a party tonight
    los viernes tenemos gimnasia we have keep-fit on Fridays
    tenemos invitados a cenar we have o we've got some people coming to dinner
    tengo un par de camisas que planchar I have o I've got a couple of shirts to iron
    D
    1 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] (señalando características, atributos) to have
    tiene los ojos castaños/el pelo largo she has o she's got brown eyes/long hair
    tiene mucho tacto/valor he's very tactful/brave
    tiene habilidad para esas cosas he's very good at that sort of thing
    tiene sus defectos he has o he's got his faults
    la habitación tiene mucha luz the room is very light o gets a lot of light
    tiene cuatro metros de largo por tres de ancho it is four meters long and three meters wide
    ¿cuánto tienes de cintura? what's your waist measurement?
    tiene mucho de su padre he's very much like his father, he takes after his father
    tener algo DE algo:
    ¿y eso qué tiene de malo? and what's (so) bad about that?
    no tiene nada de extraño there's nothing strange about it
    le lleva 15 años — ¿y eso qué tiene? ( AmL fam); she's 15 years older than he is — so what does that matter?
    (expresando edad): ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?
    tengo cuarenta años I'm forty (years old)
    tengo edad para ser tu padre I'm old enough to be your father
    el televisor ya tiene muchos años the television set is very old
    3
    (con idea de posibilidad): no creo que tenga arreglo I don't think it can be fixed, I think it's beyond repair
    el problema no tiene solución there is no solution to the problem, the problem is insoluble
    E (dar a luz) to have
    tener un niño or hijo or bebé to have a child o baby
    A (sujetar, sostener) to hold
    sube, que yo te tengo la escalera go on up, I'll hold the ladder for you
    ¿me tienes esto un minuto? could you hold this for a minute?
    tenlo derecho hold it upright
    B
    (tomar): ten la llave take the key, here's the key
    A (recibir) to have
    hace un mes que no tenemos noticias de él we haven't heard from him for a month
    la propuesta tuvo una acogida favorable the proposal was favorably received
    tuvo una gran decepción/sorpresa it was a terrible disappointment/a big surprise for her
    B
    1
    (sentir): tengo hambre/sueño/frío I'm hungry/tired/cold
    tiene celos de su hermano she's jealous of her brother
    no tiene interés por nada she's not interested in anything
    le tengo mucho cariño a esta casa I'm very fond of this house
    tengo el placer/honor de anunciar … it gives me great pleasure/I have the honor to announce …
    ¿qué tienes? ¿por qué lloras? what's wrong? o what's the matter? why are you crying?
    2 (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have
    tengo un dolor de cabeza horrible I have o I've got a terrible headache
    ¿has tenido las paperas? have you had mumps?
    está enfermo, pero no saben qué tiene he's ill, but they don't know what it is o what he's got o what's wrong with him
    3 (refiriéndose a sucesos, experiencias) to have
    tuvimos un verano muy bueno we had a very good summer
    tuve un sueño espantoso I had a terrible dream
    que tengas buen viaje have a good trip
    tuve una discusión con él I had an argument with him
    C
    (refiriéndose a actitudes): ten un poco más de respeto have a little more respect
    ten paciencia/cuidado be patient/careful
    tuvo la gentileza de prestármelo she was kind enough to lend it to me
    tuvo la precaución de llamar antes de ir she had the foresight to phone before she went
    bien2 adv G. (↑ bien (2))
    A (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl):
    el sofá tiene el tapizado sucio the upholstery on the sofa is dirty
    la mesa tiene una pata rota one of the table legs is broken
    tenía el suéter puesto al revés he had his sweater on back to front
    tengo las manos sucias my hands are dirty
    tenía los ojos cerrados she had her eyes closed
    lo tengo escondido I have it hidden away
    ya lo tiene roto it's already broken o he's broken it already
    la tuvo engañada mucho tiempo he was cheating on her for a long time
    lo tiene dominado she has him under her thumb
    eso me tiene muy preocupada I'm very worried about that
    me tuvo escribiendo a máquina toda la tarde she had me typing all afternoon
    nos tuvo allí esperando una hora he kept us waiting there for an hour
    a la pobre la tienen de sirvienta they treat the poor girl like a maid
    tengo a la niña enferma my little girl's sick
    ¿en qué mano lo tengo? which hand is it in?
    B (considerar) tener algo/a algn POR algo:
    se lo tiene por el mejor hospital del país it is supposed to be o it is considered (to be) the best hospital in the country
    lo tienen por buen cirujano he's held to be o he's considered (to be) a good surgeon
    siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy
    ten por seguro que lo hará rest assured o you can be sure he'll do it
    ■
    A
    1 (expresando obligación, necesidad) tener QUE + INF:
    tengo que terminarlo hoy I have to o I must finish it today
    tienes que comer más, estás muy delgada you must eat more, you're very thin
    no tienes más que apretar este botón all you have to do is press this button
    no tienes que estar allí hasta las nueve you don't have to be there until nine
    no tengo por qué darte cuentas a ti I don't have to explain anything to you, I don't owe you any explanations
    no tienes que comer tanto (no debes) you mustn't eat so much; (no hace falta) you don't have to eat that much, there's no need to eat that much
    tendría que cambiarme, no puedo ir así I'd have to o I ought to o I should change, I can't go like this
    2 (expresando propósito, recomendación) tener QUE + INF:
    tenemos que ir a ver esa película we must go and see that movie
    tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise
    tienes que leerlo, es buenísimo you must read it, it's really good
    B (expresando certeza) tener QUE + INF:
    tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer
    tiene que haber sido él it must have been him
    tengo que haberlo dejado en casa I must have left it at home
    ¡tú tenías que ser! it had to be you, didn't it?
    ver2 vt I. (↑ ver (2))
    A
    (con participio pasado): ¿tiene previsto asistir al congreso? do you plan to attend the conference?
    ya tenían planeada su estrategia they already had their strategy worked out
    tengo entendido que llega mañana I understand he's arriving tomorrow
    tiene ganado el afecto del público she has won the public's affection
    te tengo dicho que eso no me gusta I've told you before I don't like that
    teníamos pensado irnos el jueves we intended leaving on Thursday
    tiene bastante dinero ahorrado she has quite a lot of money saved up
    B
    ( AmL) (en expresiones de tiempo): cuatro años tenía sin verlo she hadn't seen him for four years
    tienen tres años de casados they've been married for three years
    A
    (sostenerse): no podía tenerse en pie he couldn't stand
    tiene un sueño que no se tiene ( fam); he's out o dead on his feet ( colloq)
    B ( refl) (considerarse) tenerse POR algo:
    se tiene por muy inteligente he considers himself to be o he thinks he is very intelligent
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    tener    
    tener algo
    tener ( conjugate tener) verbo transitivo El uso de `got' en frases como `I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Este prefiere la forma `I have a new dress'
    1
    a) (poseer, disponer de) ‹dinero/trabajo/tiempo› to have;


    no tenemos pan we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread;
    tiene el pelo largo she has o she's got long hair
    b) ( llevar encima) ‹lápiz/cambio› to have;

    ◊ ¿tiene hora? have you got the time?

    c) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have;

    ◊ tengo invitados a cenar I have o I've got some people coming to dinner;

    tengo cosas que hacer I have o I've got things to do
    d) ( dar a luz) ‹bebé/gemelos› to have

    2
    a) (señalando características, tamaño) to be;


    tiene un metro de largo it is one meter long;
    le lleva 15 años — ¿y eso qué tiene? (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he is — so what does that matter?

    ◊ ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?;

    tengo veinte años I'm twenty (years old)
    3
    a) (sujetar, sostener) to hold;


    b) ( tomar):

    ◊ ten la llave take o here's the key

    4
    a) ( sentir):

    ◊ tengo hambre/frío I'm hungry/cold;

    le tengo mucho cariño I'm very fond of him;
    tengo el placer de … it gives me great pleasure to …
    b) ( refiriéndose a enfermedades) ‹gripe/cáncer› to have;

    ◊ tengo dolor de cabeza I have o I've got a headache

    c) ( refiriéndose a experiencias) ‹discusión/accidente› to have;


    5 ( refiriéndose a actitudes):

    ten paciencia/cuidado be patient/careful;
    tiene mucho tacto he's very tactful
    6 (indicando estado, situación):

    tengo las manos sucias my hands are dirty;
    tienes el cinturón desabrochado your belt's undone;
    me tiene muy preocupada I'm very worried about it
    tener v aux
    1 tener que hacer algo
    a) (expresando obligación, necesidad) to have (got) to do sth;

    ◊ tengo que estudiar hoy I have to o I must study today;

    tienes que comer más you ought to eat more
    b) (expresando propósito, recomendación):


    tendrías que llamarlo you should ring him


    ¡tú tenías que ser! it had to be you!
    2 ( con participio pasado):
    ◊ tengo entendido que sí viene I understand he is coming;

    te tengo dicho que … I've told you before (that) …;
    teníamos pensado irnos hoy we intended leaving today
    3 (AmL) ( en expresiones de tiempo):

    tenía un año sin verlo she hadn't seen him for a year
    tenerse verbo pronominal ( sostenerse):

    no tenerse de sueño to be dead on one's feet
    tener
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (poseer, disfrutar) to have, have got: tengo muy buena memoria, I have a very good memory
    no tiene coche, he hasn't got a car
    tiene dos hermanas, he has two sisters
    tiene mucho talento, he's very talented
    no tenemos suficiente dinero, we don't have enough money
    (ser dueño de) to own: tiene una cadena de hoteles, he owns a chain of hotels ➣ Ver nota en have 2 (contener) to contain: esta bebida no tiene alcohol, this drink doesn't contain alcohol
    3 (asir, sujetar) to hold: la tenía en brazos, she was carrying her in her arms
    4 (hospedar) tiene a su suegra en casa, his mother-in-law is staying with them
    5 (juzgar, considerar) la tengo por imposible, I regard her as a hopeless case
    nos tienen por tontos, they think we are stupid
    tenlo por seguro, you can be sure
    6 (pasar el tiempo de cierta manera) to have: he tenido un día espantoso, I've had a dreadful day
    7 (padecer, sentir) tiene celos, he's jealous
    tengo hambre/sed, I'm hungry/thirsty
    ten paciencia conmigo, be patient with me
    tengo un dolor de cabeza terrible, I have a terrible headache
    8 (profesar) to have: me tiene cariño, he is very fond of me
    no le tengo ningún respeto, I have no respect for him
    9 (años, tiempo) to be: el bebé tiene ocho días, the baby is eight days old
    (medidas) la cama tiene metro y medio de ancho, the bed is one and a half metres wide
    10 (mantener) to keep: no sabe tener la boca cerrada, she can't keep her mouth shut
    nos tuvo dos horas esperando, he kept us waiting for two hours
    tiene su habitación muy ordenada, he keeps his room very tidy
    me tiene preocupada, I'm worried about him
    11 ( tener que + infinitivo) tengo que hacerlo, I must do it
    tienes que tomarte las pastillas, you have to take your pills
    tendrías que habérselo dicho, you ought to have told her ➣ Ver nota en must
    II verbo aux to have: mira que te lo tengo dicho veces, I've told you time and time again
    Tener tiene dos traducciones básicas: to have o to have got. Esta segunda se usa casi únicamente para expresar posesión y solo en el presente: Tengo un coche nuevo. I have got a new car.
    La primera se usa en sentido más general: Va a tener un problema. He's going to have a problem. Recuerda que la forma interrogativa de I have got es have I got?, mientras que la forma interrogativa de I have es do I have?
    Cuando tener significa sentir, se traduce por el verbo to be: Tengo hambre. I am hungry.

    ' tener' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abrigar
    - abuela
    - abundar
    - acarrear
    - accidente
    - acostumbrar
    - admirar
    - adolecer
    - agobiarse
    - añorar
    - antena
    - apetecer
    - apremiar
    - aptitud
    - arcada
    - arte
    - banco
    - bombera
    - bombero
    - burbuja
    - cabida
    - cabronada
    - cacao
    - caer
    - cagalera
    - calor
    - cantar
    - capaz
    - carácter
    - carrete
    - celebrarse
    - céntimo
    - certeza
    - certidumbre
    - ciega
    - ciego
    - conciencia
    - conllevar
    - consecuencia
    - constar
    - contingente
    - corazón
    - correa
    - correrse
    - cosa
    - cosquillas
    - costar
    - creer
    - cruda
    - crudo
    English:
    access
    - accommodate
    - act
    - add up
    - afraid
    - agree
    - aim to
    - allow for
    - allowance
    - approve of
    - around
    - associate
    - attached
    - augment
    - authoritarian
    - ax
    - axe
    - barrel
    - be
    - bear
    - bear with
    - bearing
    - begrudge
    - believe in
    - belong
    - beware
    - boast
    - bone
    - boomerang
    - breathing space
    - broody
    - brush
    - butterfly
    - calculate
    - careful
    - celebrate
    - clash
    - clever
    - come off
    - command
    - connected
    - conscience
    - consider
    - consideration
    - count
    - crash
    - date
    - daunt
    - debt
    - depend
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [poseer, disfrutar de] [objeto, cualidad, elemento, parentesco] to have;
    no tengo televisor/amigos I haven't got o I don't have a television/any friends;
    ¿tienes un bolígrafo? have you got o do you have a pen?;
    ¿tiene usted hora? have you got the time?;
    tenemos un mes para terminarlo we've got a month in which to finish it;
    tiene el pelo corto, ojos azules y gafas she has (got) short hair, blue eyes and she wears glasses;
    muchos no tienen trabajo o [m5] empleo a lot of people are out of work;
    el documental no tiene mucho interés the documentary is not very interesting;
    ¿cuántas habitaciones tiene? how many rooms has it got o does it have?;
    ¿tienes hermanos? have you got o do you have any brothers or sisters?;
    tengo un hermano I've got o I have a brother;
    tener un niño to have a baby;
    no tienen hijos they haven't got o don't have any children;
    RP Fam
    tener algo a bocha [en gran cantidad] to have tons o loads of sth;
    ¿conque ésas tenemos?, ¿ahora no quieres ayudar? so that's the deal, is it? you don't want to help now, then;
    no las tiene todas consigo he is not too sure about it;
    muy Fam
    tenerlos bien puestos to have guts;
    tanto tienes, tanto vales you are what you own
    2. [padecer, realizar, experimentar] to have;
    tener fiebre to have a temperature;
    tiene cáncer/el sida she has (got) cancer/AIDS;
    doctor, ¿qué tengo? what's wrong with me, doctor?;
    no tienes nada (grave) it's nothing (serious), there's nothing (seriously) wrong with you;
    tuvieron una pelea/reunión they had a fight/meeting;
    tengo las vacaciones en agosto my holidays are in August;
    mañana no tenemos clase we don't have to go to school tomorrow, there's no school tomorrow;
    ¡que tengan buen viaje! have a good journey!;
    no he tenido un buen día I haven't had a good day;
    tiene lo que se merece she's got what she deserves
    3. [medida, años, sensación, sentimiento] to be;
    tiene 3 metros de ancho it's 3 metres wide;
    ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?;
    tiene diez años she's ten (years old);
    Am
    tengo tres años aquí I've been here for three years;
    tener hambre/miedo to be hungry/afraid;
    tener suerte/mal humor to be lucky/bad-tempered;
    tengo un dolor de espalda terrible I have a terrible backache;
    tengo alergia al polvo I'm allergic to dust;
    me tienen cariño/envidia they're fond/jealous of me;
    le tiene lástima he feels sorry for her;
    tengo ganas de llorar I feel like crying
    4. [hallarse o hacer estar en cierto estado]
    tenía la cara pálida her face was pale;
    tienes una rueda pinchada you've got a Br puncture o US flat;
    tienes la corbata torcida your tie isn't straight;
    me tuvo despierto it kept me awake;
    eso la tiene despistada/preocupada that has her confused/worried;
    esto la tendrá ocupada un rato this will keep her busy for a while;
    un psicópata tiene atemorizada a la población a psychopath is terrorizing the population;
    nos tuvieron una hora en comisaría they kept us at the police station for an hour;
    me tuvo esperando una hora she kept me waiting an hour;
    nos tuvieron toda la noche viendo vídeos they made us watch videos all night;
    la tienen como o [m5] de encargada en un restaurante she's employed as a manageress in a restaurant
    5. [sujetar] to hold;
    tenlo por el asa hold it by the handle;
    ¿puedes tenerme esto un momento? could you hold this for me a minute?;
    ten los brazos en alto hold your arms up high
    6. [tomar]
    ten el libro que me pediste here's the book you asked me for;
    ¡aquí tienes!, ¡ten! here you are!;
    ahí tienes la respuesta there's your answer
    7. [recibir] [mensaje, regalo, visita, sensación] to get;
    tuve una carta suya I got o had a letter from her;
    el que llegue primero tendrá un premio whoever arrives first will get a prize;
    tendrás noticias mías you'll hear from me;
    tenemos invitados/a la familia a cenar we've got guests/the family over for dinner;
    tendrá una sorpresa he'll get a surprise;
    tenía/tuve la impresión de que… I had/got the impression that…;
    tuve una verdadera desilusión I was really disappointed
    8. [valorar, estimar]
    tener en mucho/poco a alguien to think a lot/not to think very much of sb;
    me tienen por tonto they think I'm stupid;
    Formal
    tener a bien hacer algo to be kind enough to do sth;
    les ruego tengan a bien considerar mi candidatura para el puesto de… I would be grateful if you would consider my application for the post of…
    9. [guardar, contener] to keep;
    ¿dónde tienes las joyas/el dinero? where do you keep the jewels/money?;
    ¿dónde tendré las gafas? where can my glasses be?;
    la botella tenía un mensaje the bottle had a message inside;
    esta cuenta no tiene fondos there are no funds in this account
    10. RP Fam
    tenerla con algo/alguien to go on about sth/sb;
    ¡cómo la tenés con tu vecino! you're always going on about your neighbour!;
    ¡cómo la tiene con el auto que se va a comprar! he's always going on about the car he's going to buy!;
    ¡cómo la tiene el jefe contigo! the boss really has it in for you!
    ♦ v aux
    1. [antes de participio] [haber]
    teníamos pensado ir al teatro we had thought of going to the theatre, we had intended to go to the theatre;
    ¿cuánto tienes hecho de la tesis? how much of your thesis have you (got) done?;
    te tengo dicho que no pises los charcos I've told you before not to step in puddles;
    tengo entendido que se van a casar I understand (that) they are going to get married
    2.
    tener que: [indica obligación] [m5] tener que hacer algo to have to do sth;
    tenía/tuve que hacerlo I had to do it;
    ¿tienes que irte? do you have to go?, have you got to go?;
    tienes que esforzarte más you must try harder;
    tiene que ser así it has to be this way;
    tenemos que salir de aquí we have (got) to o need to get out of here, we must get out of here;
    teníamos que haber hecho esto antes we should have o ought to have done this before;
    no tienes que disculparte you needn't apologize, you don't need to apologize;
    si quieres algo, no tienes más que pedirlo if you want something, all you have to do is ask;
    no tienes por qué venir, si no quieres you don't have to come if you don't want to
    3.
    tener que: [indica propósito, consejo] [m5] tenemos que ir a cenar un día we ought to o should go for dinner some time;
    tienes que ir a ver esa película you must see that movie;
    tenías que haber visto cómo corría you should have seen him run;
    tendrías que dejar de fumar you ought to give up smoking
    4.
    tener que: [indica probabilidad] [m5] ya tienen que haber llegado they must have o should have arrived by now;
    las llaves tienen que andar por aquí the keys must be round here somewhere;
    tendría que haber terminado hace rato she should have o ought to have finished some time ago;
    tenía que ser él, no podía ser otro it had to be him, it couldn't have been anyone else
    5.
    tener que ver: tener que ver con algo/alguien to have to do with sth/sb;
    actitudes que tienen que ver con la falta de educación attitudes which are related to a lack of education;
    se apellida Siqueiros, pero no tiene que ver con el pintor his surname is Siqueiros, but he's got nothing to do with the painter;
    ¿qué tiene eso que ver conmigo? what has that got to do with me?;
    no tener nada que ver con algo/alguien to have nothing to do with sth/sb;
    lo que digo no tiene nada que ver con eso what I'm saying has nothing to do with that;
    aunque los dos vinos sean Rioja, no tienen nada que ver even if both wines are Riojas, there's no comparison between them;
    ¿qué tiene que ver que sea mujer para que haga bien su trabajo? what's her being a woman got to do with whether or not she does a good job?;
    es un poco tarde, ¿no? – ¿y qué tiene que ver? it's a bit late, isn't it? – so what?;
    tener que ver en algo to be involved in sth;
    dicen que la CIA tuvo que ver en ello rumour has it the CIA were involved;
    ¿has tenido tú algo que ver en esto? have you had something to do with this?
    * * *
    v/t
    1 have;
    tener 10 años be 10 (years old);
    tener un metro de ancho/largo be one meter wide/long o in width/length
    2
    :
    ha tenido un niño she’s had a little boy
    3
    :
    tener a alguien por algo regard s.o. as sth, consider s.o. to be sth
    4
    :
    tengo que madrugar I must get up early, I have to o I’ve got to get up early;
    tuve que madrugar I had to get up early
    5
    :
    conque ¿esas tenemos? so that’s how it is o things stand, eh?;
    no tuvo a bien saludarme he did not see fit to greet me;
    no las tengo todas conmigo fam I’m not one hundred per cent sure;
    eso me tiene nervioso that makes me nervous
    * * *
    tener {80} vt
    1) : to have
    tiene ojos verdes: she has green eyes
    tengo mucho que hacer: I have a lot to do
    tiene veinte años: he's twenty years old
    tiene un metro de largo: it's one meter long
    2) : to hold
    ten esto un momento: hold this for a moment
    3) : to feel, to make
    tengo frío: I'm cold
    eso nos tiene contentos: that makes us happy
    4)
    tener por : to think, to consider
    me tienes por loco: you think I'm crazy
    tener v aux
    1)
    tener que : to have to
    tengo que salir: I have to leave
    tiene que estar aquí: it has to be here, it must be here
    tenía pensado escribirte: I've been thinking of writing to you
    * * *
    tener vb
    1. (en general) to have
    En el presente, sobre todo en inglés hablado, se puede emplear have got en vez de have, por ejemplo, have you got any brothers or sisters?
    2. (edad, tamaño) to be
    tener que ver to have to do with / to concern
    no tiene nada que ver contigo it's got nothing to do with you / it doesn't concern you

    Spanish-English dictionary > tener

  • 16 sum

        sum (2d pers. es, or old ēs; old subj praes. siem, siēs, siet, sient, for sim, etc., T.; fuat for sit, T., V., L.; imperf. often forem, forēs, foret, forent, for essem, etc.; fut. escunt for erunt, C.), fuī (fūvimus for fuimus, Enn. ap. C.), futūrus ( inf fut. fore or futūrum esse, C.), esse    [ES-; FEV-]. —    I. As a predicate, asserting existence, to be, exist, live: ut id aut esse dicamus aut non esse: flumen est Arar, quod, etc., Cs.: homo nequissimus omnium qui sunt, qui fuerunt: arbitrari, me nusquam aut nullum fore: fuimus Troes, fuit Ilium, V.—Of place, to be, be present, be found, stay, live: cum non liceret Romae quemquam esse: cum essemus in castris: deinceps in lege est, ut, etc.: erat nemo, quicum essem libentius quam tecum: sub uno tecto esse, L.—Of circumstances or condition, to be, be found, be situated, be placed: Sive erit in Tyriis, Tyrios laudabis amictūs, i. e. is attired, O.: in servitute: in magno nomine et gloriā: in vitio: Hic in noxiāst, T.: in pace, L.: (statua) est et fuit totā Graeciā summo honore: ego sum spe bonā: rem illam suo periculo esse, at his own risk: omnem reliquam spem in impetu esse equitum, L.—In 3 d pers., followed by a pron rel., there is (that) which, there are (persons) who, there are (things) which, some.—With indic. (the subject conceived as definite): est quod me transire oportet, there is a (certain) reason why I must, etc., T.: sunt item quae appellantur alces, there are creatures also, which, etc., Cs.: sunt qui putant posse te non decedere, some think: Sunt quibus in satirā videor nimis acer, H.—With subj. (so usu. in prose, and always with a subject conceived as indefinite): sunt, qui putent esse mortem... sunt qui censeant, etc.: est isdem de rebus quod dici possit subtilius: sunt qui Crustis et pomis viduas venentur avaras, H.—With dat, to belong, pertain, be possessed, be ascribed: fingeret fallacias, Unde esset adulescenti amicae quod daret, by which the youth might have something to give, T.: est igitur homini cum deo similitudo, man has some resemblance: Privatus illis census erat brevis, H.: Troia et huic loco nomen est, L.—Ellipt.: Nec rubor est emisse palam (sc. ei), nor is she ashamed, O.: Neque testimoni dictio est (sc. servo), has no right to be a witness, T.—With cum and abl of person, to have to do with, be connected with: tecum nihil rei nobis est, we have nothing to do with you, T.: si mihi tecum minus esset, quam est cum tuis omnibus.—With ab and abl of person, to be of, be the servant of, follow, adhere to, favor, side with: Ab Andriā est ancilla haec, T.: sed vide ne hoc, Scaevola, totum sit a me, makes for me.— With pro, to be in favor of, make for: (iudicia) partim nihil contra Habitum valere, partim etiam pro hoc esse.—With ex, to consist of, be made up of: (creticus) qui est ex longā et brevi et longā: duo extremi chorei sunt, id est, e singulis longis et brevibus.— To be real, be true, be a fact, be the case, be so: sunt ista, Laeli: est ut dicis, inquam: verum esto: esto, granted, V.—Esp. in phrases, est ut, it is the case that, is true that, is possible that, there is reason for: sin est, ut velis Manere illam apud te, T.: est, ut id maxime deceat: futurum esse ut omnes pellerentur, Cs.: magis est ut ipse moleste ferat errasse se, quam ut reformidet, etc., i. e. he has more reason for being troubled... than for dreading, etc.: ille erat ut odisset defensorem, etc., he certainly did hate.—In eo esse ut, etc., to be in a condition to, be possible that, be about to, be on the point of ( impers. or with indef subj.): cum iam in eo esset, ut in muros evaderet miles, when the soldiers were on the point of scaling, L.: cum res non in eo essent ut, etc., L.—Est ubi, there is a time when, sometimes: est, ubi id isto modo valeat.—Est quod, there is reason to, is occasion to: etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi, quam quod te rogem, I have more reason to: est quod referam ad consilium: sin, etc., L.: non est quod multa loquamur, H.—Est cur, there is reason why: quid erat cur Milo optaret, etc., what cause had Milo for wishing? etc.—With inf, it is possible, is allowed, is permitted, one may: Est quādam prodire tenus, si non datur ultra, H.: scire est liberum Ingenium atque animum, T.: neque est te fallere quicquam, V.: quae verbo obiecta, verbo negare sit, L.: est videre argentea vasa, Ta.: fuerit mihi eguisse aliquando tuae amicitiae, S.—Of events, to be, happen, occur, befall, take place: illa (solis defectio) quae fuit regnante Romulo: Amabo, quid tibi est? T.: quid, si... futurum nobis est? L.— To come, fall, reach, be brought, have arrived: ex eo tempore res esse in vadimonium coepit: quae ne in potestatem quidem populi R. esset, L.—    II. As a copula, to be: et praeclara res est et sumus otiosi: non sum ita hebes, ut istud dicam: Nos numerus sumus, a mere number, H.: sic, inquit, est: est ut dicis: frustra id inceptum Volscis fuit, L.: cum in convivio comiter et iucunde fuisses: quod in maritimis facillime sum, am very glad to be.—With gen part., to be of, belong to: qui eiusdem civitatis fuit, N.: qui Romanae partis erant, L.: ut aut amicorum aut inimicorum Campani simus, L.— With gen possess., to belong to, pertain to, be of, be the part of, be peculiar to, be characteristic of, be the duty of: audiant eos, quorum summa est auctoritas apud, etc., who possess: ea ut civitatis Rhodiorum essent, L.: Aemilius, cuius tum fasces erant, L.: plebs novarum rerum atque Hannibalis tota esse, were devoted to, L.: negavit moris esse Graecorum, ut, etc.—With pron possess.: est tuum, Cato, videre quid agatur: fuit meum quidem iam pridem rem p. lugere.—With gerundive: quae res evertendae rei p. solerent esse, which were the usual causes of ruin to the state: qui utilia ferrent, quaeque aequandae libertatis essent, L.— With gen. or abl. of quality, to be of, be possessed of, be characterized by, belong to, have, exercise: nimium me timidum, nullius consili fuisse confiteor: Sulla gentis patriciae nobilis fuit, S.: civitas magnae auctoritatis, Cs.: refer, Cuius fortunae (sit), H.: nec magni certaminis ea dimicatio fuit, L.: bellum variā victoriā fuit, S.: tenuissimā valetudine esse, Cs.: qui capite et superciliis semper est rasis.—With gen. or abl. of price or value, to be of, be valued at, stand at, be appreciated, cost: videtur esse quantivis preti, T.: ager nunc multo pluris est, quam tunc fuit: magni erunt mihi tuae litterae: sextante sal et Romae et per totam Italiam erat, was worth, L.—With dat predic., to express definition or purpose, to serve for, be taken as, be regarded as, be felt to be: vitam hanc rusticam tu probro et crimini putas esse oportere, ought to be regarded as: eo natus sum ut Iugurthae scelerum ostentui essem, S.: ipsa res ad levandam annonam impedimento fuerat, L.—With second dat of pers.: quo magis quae agis curae sunt mihi, T.: illud Cassianum, ‘cui bono fuerit,’ the inquiry of Cassius, ‘ for whose benefit was it ’: haec tam parva civitas praedae tibi et quaestui fuit.— To be sufficient for, be equal to, be fit: sciant patribus aeque curae fuisse, ne, etc., L.: ut divites conferrent, qui oneri ferendo essent, such as were able to bear the burden, L.: cum solvendo aere (old dat. for aeri) alieno res p. non esset, L.—With ellips. of aeri: tu nec solvendo eras, wast unable to pay.—With ad, to be of use for, serve for: res quae sunt ad incendia, Cs.: valvae, quae olim ad ornandum templum erant maxime.—With de, to be of, treat concerning, relate to: liber, qui est de animo.—In the phrase, id est, or hoc est, in explanations, that is, that is to say, I mean: sed domum redeamus, id est ad nostros revertamur: vos autem, hoc est populus R., etc., S.
    * * *
    highest, the top of; greatest; last; the end of

    Latin-English dictionary > sum

  • 17 πνεῦμα

    πνεῦμα, ατος, τό (πνέω; Aeschyl., Pre-Socr., Hdt.+. On the history of the word s. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 308ff).
    ① air in movement, blowing, breathing (even the glowing exhalations of a volcanic crater: Diod S 5, 7, 3)
    ⓐ wind (Aeschyl. et al.; LXX, EpArist, Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 343; 349; SibOr 8, 297) in wordplay τὸ πνεῦμα πνεῖ the wind blows J 3:8a (EpJer 60 πνεῦμα ἐν πάσῃ χώρᾳ πνεῖ. But s. TDonn, ET 66, ’54f, 32; JThomas, Restoration Qtrly 24, ’81, 219–24). ὀθόνη πλοίου ὑπὸ πνεύματος πληρουμένη MPol 15:2. Of God ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα who makes his angels winds Hb 1:7; 1 Cl 36:3 (both Ps 103:4).
    ⓑ the breathing out of air, blowing, breath (Aeschyl. et al.; Pla., Tim. 79b; LXX) ὁ ἄνομος, ὅν ὁ κύριος Ἰησοῦς ἀνελεῖ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 2 Th 2:8 (cp. Is 11:4; Ps 32:6).
    ② that which animates or gives life to the body, breath, (life-)spirit (Aeschyl. et al.; Phoenix of Colophon 1, 16 [Coll. Alex. p. 231] πν.=a breathing entity [in contrast to becoming earth in death]; Polyb. 31, 10, 4; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 4 p. 394b, 8ff; PHib 5, 54 [III B.C.]; PGM 4, 538; 658; 2499; LXX; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 19 [Stone p. 44] al.; JosAs 19:3; SibOr 4, 46; Tat. 4:2) ἀφιέναι τὸ πνεῦμα give up one’s spirit, breathe one’s last (Eur., Hec. 571; Porphyr., Vi. Plotini 2) Mt 27:50. J says for this παραδιδόναι τὸ πν. 19:3 (cp. ApcMos 31 ἀποδῶ τὸ πν.; Just., D. 105, 5). Of the return of the (life-)spirit of a deceased person into her dead body ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πν. αὐτῆς Lk 8:55 (cp. Jdg 15:19). εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ πν. μου into your hands I entrust my spirit 23:46 (Ps 30:6; for alleged focus on ἐλπίζειν s. EBons, BZ 38, ’94, 93–101). κύριε Ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου Ac 7:59; composite of both passages AcPl Ha 10, 23 (cp. ApcMos 42). τὸ πν. μου ὁ δεσπότης δέξεται GJs 23:3 (on the pneuma flying upward after death cp. Epicharm. in Vorsokrat. 23 [=13, 4th ed.], B 9 and 22; Eur., Suppl. 533 πνεῦμα μὲν πρὸς αἰθέρα, τὸ σῶμα δʼ ἐς γῆν; PGM 1, 177ff τελευτήσαντός σου τὸ σῶμα περιστελεῖ, σοῦ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα … εἰς ἀέρα ἄξει σὺν αὑτῷ ‘when you are dead [the angel] will wrap your body … and take your spirit with him into the sky’). τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πν. νεκρόν ἐστιν Js 2:26. πν. ζωῆς ἐκ τ. θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν ἐν αὐτοῖς (i.e. the prophet-witnesses who have been martyred) Rv 11:11 (cp. Ezk 37:10 v.l. εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτοὺς πνεῦμα ζωῆς; vs. 5). Of the spirit that animated the image of a beast, and enabled it to speak and to have Christians put to death 13:15.—After a person’s death, the πν. lives on as an independent being, in heaven πνεύματα δικαὶων τετελειωμένων Hb 12:23 (cp. Da 3:86 εὐλογεῖτε, πνεύματα καὶ ψυχαὶ δικαίων, τὸν κύριον). According to non-biblical sources, the πν. are in the netherworld (cp. En 22:3–13; Sib Or 7, 127) or in the air (PGM 1, 178), where evil spirits can prevent them from ascending higher (s. ἀήρ2b). τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν πορευθεὶς ἐκήρυξεν 1 Pt 3:19 belongs here if it refers to Jesus’ preaching to the spirits of the dead confined in Hades (so Usteri et al.; s. also JMcCulloch, The Harrowing of Hell, 1930), whether it be when he descended into Hades, or when he returned to heaven (so RBultmann, Bekenntnis u. Liedfragmente im 1 Pt: ConNeot11, ’47, 1–14).—CClemen, Niedergefahren zu den Toten 1900; JTurmel, La Descente du Christ aux enfers 1905; JMonnier, La Descente aux enfers 1906; HHoltzmann, ARW 11, 1908, 285–97; KGschwind, Die Niederfahrt Christi in die Unterwelt 1911; DPlooij, De Descensus in 1 Pt 3:19 en 4:6: TT 47, 1913, 145–62; JBernard, The Descent into Hades a Christian Baptism (on 1 Pt 3:19ff): Exp. 8th ser., 11, 1916, 241–74; CSchmidt, Gespräche Jesu mit seinen Jüngern: TU 43, 1919, 452ff; JFrings, BZ 17, 1926, 75–88; JKroll, Gott u. Hölle ’32; RGanschinietz, Katabasis: Pauly-W. X/2, 1919, 2359–449; Clemen2 89–96; WBieder, Die Vorstellung v. d. Höllenfahrt Jesu Chr. ’49; SJohnson, JBL 79, ’60, 48–51; WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits ’65. S. also the lit. in Windisch, Hdb.2 1930, exc. on 1 Pt 3:20; ESelwyn, The First Ep. of St. Peter ’46 and 4c below.—This is prob. also the place for θανατωθεὶς μὲν σαρκὶ ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ πνεύματι• ἐν ᾧ καὶ … 1 Pt 3:18f (some mss. read πνεύματι instead of πνεύμασιν in vs. 19, evidently in ref. to the manner of Jesus’ movement; πνεῦμα is that part of Christ which, in contrast to σάρξ, did not pass away in death, but survived as an individual entity after death; s. ἐν 7). Likew. the contrast κατὰ σάρκα … κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 1:3f. Cp. 1 Ti 3:16.
    ③ a part of human personality, spirit
    ⓐ when used with σάρξ, the flesh, it denotes the immaterial part 2 Cor 7:1; Col 2:5. Flesh and spirit=the whole personality, in its outer and inner aspects, oft. in Ign.: IMg 1:2; 13:1a; ITr ins; 12:1; IRo ins; ISm 1:1; IPol 5:1; AcPl Ant 13, 18 (=Aa I 237, 3).—In the same sense beside σῶμα, the body (Simplicius, In Epict. p. 50, 1; Ps.-Phoc. 106f; PGM 1, 178) 1 Cor 5:3–5; 7:34.—The inner life of humans is divided into ψυχὴ καὶ πνεῦμα (cp. Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 10 p. 370c τὶ θεῖον ὄντως ἐνῆν πνεῦμα τῇ ψυχῇ=a divine spirit was actually in the soul; Wsd 15:11; Jos., Ant. 1, 34; Tat. 13, 2; 15, 1 et al.; Ath. 27, 1. S. also Herm. Wr. 10, 13; 16f; PGM 4, 627; 630. ἐκ τριῶν συνεστάναι λέγουσι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος καὶ πνεύματος Did., Gen. 55, 14) Hb 4:12. Cp. Phil 1:27. τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα 1 Th 5:23 (s. GMilligan, Thess. 1908, 78f; EvDobschütz in Meyer X7 1909, 230ff; EBurton, Spirit, Soul, and Flesh 1918; AFestugière, La Trichotomie des 1 Th 5:23 et la Philos. gr.: RSR 20, 1930, 385–415; CMasson, RTP 33, ’45, 97–102; FGrant, An Introd. to NT Thought ’50, 161–66). σαρκί, ψυχῇ, πνεύματι IPhld 11:2.
    ⓑ as the source and seat of insight, feeling, and will, gener. as the representative part of human inner life (cp. PGM 4, 627; 3 Km 20:5; Sir 9:9 al.; Just., D. 30, 1; Did., Gen. 232, 5) ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ Mk 2:8. ἀναστενάξας τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ λέγει 8:12 (s. ἀναστενάζω). ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πν. μου Lk 1:47 (in parallelism w. ψυχή vs. 46, as Sir 9:9). ἠγαλλιάσατο τῷ πν. 10:21 v.l., Ἰησοῦς ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πν. J 11:33 (s. ἐμβριμάομαι 3); Ἰης. ἐταράχθη τῷ πν. 13:21. παρωξύνετο τὸ πν. αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ Ac 17:16; ζέων τῷ πν. with spirit-fervor 18:25 (s. ζέω). τὸ παιδίον ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι Lk 1:80; 2:40 v.l.; ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πν. Paul made up his mind Ac 19:21 (some would put this pass. in 6c, but cp. Lk 1:66 and analogous formulations Hom. et al. in L-S-J-M s.v. τίθημι A6). προσκυνήσουσιν τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι of the spiritual, i.e. the pure, inner worship of God, that has nothing to do w. holy times, places, appurtenances, or ceremonies J 4:23; cp. vs. 24b. πν. συντετριμμένον (Ps 50:19) 1 Cl 18:17; 52:4.—2 Cl 20:4; Hv 3, 12, 2; 3, 13, 2.—This usage is also found in Paul. His conviction (s. 5 below) that the Christian possesses the (divine) πνεῦμα and thus is different fr. all other people, leads him to choose this word in preference to others, in order to characterize a believer’s inner being gener. ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πν. μου Ro 1:9. οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πν. μου 2 Cor 2:13. Cp. 7:13. As a matter of fact, it can mean simply a person’s very self or ego: τὸ πνεῦμα συμμαρτυρεῖ τῷ πνεύματι ἡμῶν the Spirit (of God) bears witness to our very self Ro 8:16 (cp. PGM 12, 327 ἠκούσθη μου τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπὸ πνεύματος οὐρανοῦ). ἀνέπαυσαν τὸ ἐμὸν πν. καὶ τὸ ὑμῶν they have refreshed both me and you 1 Cor 16:18. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χρ. μετά τοῦ πν. (ὑμῶν) Gal 6:18; Phil 4:23; Phlm 25. Cp. 2 Ti 4:22. Likew. in Ign. τὸ ἐμὸν πν. my (unworthy) self IEph 18:1; IRo 9:3; cp. 1 Cor 2:11a—On the relation of the divine Spirit to the believer’s spiritual self, s. SWollenweider, Der Geist Gottes als Selbst der Glaubenden: ZTK 93, ’96, 163–92.—Only a part of the inner life, i.e. that which concerns the will, is meant in τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής Mt 26:41; Mk 14:38; Pol 7:2. That which is inferior, anxiety, fear of suffering, etc. is attributed to the σάρξ.—The mng. of the expr. οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι Mt 5:3 is difficult to determine w. certainty (cp. Pla., Ep. 7, 335a πένης ἀνὴρ τὴν ψυχήν. The dat. as τῇ ψυχῇ M. Ant. 6, 52; 8, 51). The sense is prob. those who are poor in their inner life, because they do not have a misdirected pride in their own spiritual riches (s. AKlöpper, Über den Sinn u. die ursprgl. Form der ersten Seligpreisung der Bergpredigt bei Mt: ZWT 37, 1894, 175–91; RKabisch, Die erste Seligpreisung: StKr 69, 1896, 195–215; KKöhler, Die ursprgl. Form der Seligpreisungen: StKr 91, 1918, 157–92; JBoehmer, De Schatkamer 17, 1923, 11–16, TT [Copenhagen] 4, 1924, 195–207, JBL 45, 1926, 298–304; WMacgregor, ET 39, 1928, 293–97; VMacchioro, JR 12, ’32, 40–49; EEvans, Theology 47, ’44, 55–60; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 134ff; Betz, SM 116 n. 178 for Qumran reff.).
    ⓒ spiritual state, state of mind, disposition ἐν ἀγάπῃ πνεύματί τε πραΰτητος with love and a gentle spirit 1 Cor 4:21; cp. Gal 6:1. τὸ πν. τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν Eph 4:23 (s. νοῦς 2a). ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος with the imperishable (gift) of a quiet disposition 1 Pt 3:4.
    ④ an independent noncorporeal being, in contrast to a being that can be perceived by the physical senses, spirit (ELangton, Good and Evil Spirits ’42).
    ⓐ God personally: πνεῦμα ὁ θεός J 4:24a (Ath. 16, 2; on God as a spirit, esp. in the Stoa, s. MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48/49. Hdb. ad loc. Also Celsus 6, 71 [Stoic]; Herm. Wr. 18, 3 ἀκάματον μέν ἐστι πνεῦμα ὁ θεός).
    ⓑ good, or at least not expressly evil spirits or spirit-beings (cp. CIG III, 5858b δαίμονες καὶ πνεύματα; Proclus on Pla., Cratyl. p. 69, 6; 12 Pasqu.; En 15:4; 6; 8; 10; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 15f [Stone p. 10, 15f] πάντα τὰ ἐπουράνια πνεύματα; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 26 [Stone p. 82] ὑψηλὸν πν.; PGM 3, 8 ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε, ἱερὸν πνεῦμα; 4, 1448; 3080; 12, 249) πνεῦμα w. ἄγγελος (cp. Jos., Ant. 4, 108; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 33; 8, 12) Ac 23:8f. God is ὁ παντὸς πνεύματος κτίστης καὶ ἐπίσκοπος 1 Cl 59:3b.—Pl., God the μόνος εὐεργέτης πνεύματων 1 Cl 59:3a. Cp. 64 (s. on this Num 16:22; 27:16. Prayers for vengeance fr. Rheneia [Dssm., LO 351–55=LAE 423ff=SIG 1181, 2] τὸν θεὸν τὸν κύριον τῶν πνευμάτων; PGM 5, 467 θεὸς θεῶν, ὁ κύριος τῶν πν.; sim. the magic pap PWarr 21, 24; 26 [III A.D.]); the πατὴρ τῶν πνευμάτων Hb 12:9. Intermediary beings (in polytheistic terminology: δαίμονες) that serve God are called λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα Hb 1:14. In Rv we read of the ἑπτὰ πνεύματα (τοῦ θεοῦ) 1:4; 3:1; 4:5; 5:6; s. ASkrinjar, Biblica 16, ’35, 1–24; 113–40.— Ghost Lk 24:37, 39.
    ⓒ evil spirits (PGM 13, 798; 36, 160; TestJob 27, 2; ApcSed [both Satan]; AscIs 3:28; Just., D. 39, 6 al.; Ath. 25, 3), esp. in accounts of healing in the Synoptics: (τὸ) πνεῦμα (τὸ) ἀκάθαρτον (Just., D. 82, 3) Mt 12:43; Mk 1:23, 26; 3:30; 5:2, 8; 7:25; 9:25a; Lk 8:29; 9:42; 11:24; Rv 18:2. Pl. (TestBenj 5:2) Mt 10:1; Mk 1:27; 3:11; 5:13; 6:7; Lk 4:36; 6:18; Ac 5:16; 8:7; Rv 16:13; ending of Mk in the Freer ms.—τὸ πν. τὸ πονηρόν Ac 19:15f. Pl. (En 99:7; TestSim 4:9; 6:6, TestJud 16:1; Just., D. 76, 6) Lk 7:21; 8:2; Ac 19:12f.—πν. ἄλαλον Mk 9:17; cp. vs. 25b (s. ἄλαλος). πν. πύθων Ac 16:16 (s. πύθων). πν. ἀσθενείας Lk 13:11. Cp. 1 Ti 4:1b. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου (s. δαιμόνιον 2) Lk 4:33. πνεύματα δαιμονίων Rv 16:14 (in effect = personified ‘exhalations’ of evil powers; for the combination of πν. and δαιμ. cp. the love spell Sb 4324, 16f τὰ πνεύματα τῶν δαιμόνων τούτων).—Abs. of a harmful spirit Mk 9:20; Lk 9:39; Ac 16:18. Pl. Mt 8:16; 12:45; Lk 10:20; 11:26.—1 Pt 3:19 (s. 2 above) belongs here if the πνεύματα refer to hostile spirit-powers, evil spirits, fallen angels (so FSpitta, Christi Predigt an die Geister 1890; HGunkel, Zum religionsgesch. Verständnis des NT 1903, 72f; WBousset, ZNW 19, 1920, 50–66; Rtzst., Herr der Grösse 1919, 25ff; Knopf, Windisch, FHauck ad loc.; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism ’46, esp. 54–56, 69).—Hermas also has the concept of evil spirits that lead an independent existence, and live and reign within the inner life of a pers.; the Holy Spirit, who also lives or would like to live there, is forced out by them (cp. TestDan 4) Hm 5, 1, 2–4; 5, 2, 5–8; 10, 1, 2. τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον … ἕτερον πονηρὸν πν. 5, 1, 2. These πνεύματα are ὀξυχολία 5, 1, 3; 5, 2, 8 (τὸ πονηρότατον πν.); 10, 1, 2; διψυχία 9:11 (ἐπίγειον πν. ἐστι παρὰ τοῦ διαβόλου); 10, 1, 2; λύπη 10, 1, 2 (πάντων τῶν πνευμάτων πονηροτέρα) and other vices. On the complicated pneuma-concept of the Mandates of Hermas s. MDibelius, Hdb. exc. on Hm 5, 2, 7; cp. Leutzsch, Hermas 453f n. 133.
    ⑤ God’s being as controlling influence, with focus on association with humans, Spirit, spirit as that which differentiates God fr. everything that is not God, as the divine power that produces all divine existence, as the divine element in which all divine life is carried on, as the bearer of every application of the divine will. All those who belong to God possess or receive this spirit and hence have a share in God’s life. This spirit also serves to distinguish Christians fr. all unbelievers (cp. PGM 4, 1121ff, where the spirit is greeted as one who enters devotees and, in accordance w. God’s will, separates them fr. themselves, i.e. fr. the purely human part of their nature); for this latter aspect s. esp. 6 below.
    ⓐ the Spirit of God, of the Lord (=God) etc. (LXX; TestSim 4:4; JosAs 8:11; ApcSed 14:6; 15:6; ApcMos 43; SibOr 3, 701; Ps.-Phoc. 106; Philo; Joseph. [s. c below]; apolog. Cp. Plut., Numa 4, 6 πνεῦμα θεοῦ, capable of begetting children; s. παρθένος a) τὸ πν. τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:11b, 14; 3:16; 6:11; 1J 4:2a (Just., D. 49, 3; Tat. 13, 3; Ath. 22, 3). τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πν. 1 Pt 4:14 (Just., A I, 60, 6). τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12b. τὸ πν. κυρίου Ac 5:9; B 6:14; B 9:2 (cp. Mel., P. 32, 222). τὸ πνεῦμά μου or αὐτοῦ: Mt 12:18 (Is 42:1); Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f.—Cp. 1QS 4:21); 1 Cor 2:10a v.l.; Eph 3:16; 1 Th 4:8 (where τὸ ἅγιον is added); 1J 4:13.—τὸ πν. τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν Mt 10:20. τὸ πν. τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ro 8:11a.—Without the art. πν. θεοῦ (JosAs 4:9; Tat. 15:3; Theoph. Ant. 1, 5 [p. 66, 18]) the Spirit of God Mt 3:16; 12:28; Ro 8:9b, 14, 19; 1 Cor 7:40; 12:3a; 2 Cor 3:3 (πν. θεοῦ ζῶντος); Phil 3:3. πν. κυρίου Lk 4:18 (Is 61:1); Ac 8:39 (like J 3:8; 20:22; Ac 2:4, this pass. belongs on the borderline betw. the mngs. ‘wind’ and ‘spirit’; cp. Diod S 3, 60, 3 Ἕσπερον ἐξαίφνης ὑπὸ πνευμάτων συναρπαγέντα μεγάλων ἄφαντον γενέσθαι ‘Hesperus [a son of Atlas] was suddenly snatched by strong winds and vanished fr. sight’. S. HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919, 19ff; OCullmann, TZ. 4, ’48, 364); 1 Cl 21:2.
    ⓑ the Spirit of Christ, of the Lord (=Christ) etc. τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ Ac 16:7. τὸ πν. Χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:32. τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς πν. Χριστοῦ 1 Pt 1:11. πν. Χριστοῦ Ro 8:9c. πν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ AcPl Ha 8, 18. ἀπὸ τοῦ πν. τοῦ χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:10. τὸ πν. Ἰης. Χριστοῦ Phil 1:19. τὸ πν. κυρίου 2 Cor 3:17b (JHermann, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61). τὸ πν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ (=θεοῦ) Gal 4:6. As possessor of the divine Spirit, and at the same time controlling its distribution among humans, Christ is called κύριος πνεύματος Lord of the Spirit 2 Cor 3:18 (s. Windisch ad loc.); but many prefer to transl. from the Lord who is the Spirit.—CMoule, OCullmann Festschr., ’72, 231–37.
    ⓒ Because of its heavenly origin and nature this Spirit is called (the) Holy Spirit (cp. PGM 4, 510 ἵνα πνεύσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸ ἱερὸν πνεῦμα.—Neither Philo nor Josephus called the Spirit πν. ἅγιον; the former used θεῖον or θεοῦ πν., the latter πν. θεῖον: Ant. 4, 118; 8, 408; 10, 239; but ἅγιον πνεῦμα Orig. C. Cels 1, 40, 16).
    α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον (Is 63:10f; Ps 50:13; 142:10 v.l.; cp. Sus 45 Theod.; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 10 [Stone p. 10]; JosAs 8:11 [codd. ADE]; AscIs 3, 15, 26; Just., D. 36, 6 al.) Mt 12:32 = Mk 3:29 = Lk 12:10 (τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα; on the ‘sin against the Holy Spirit’ s. HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 96–112; AFridrichsen, Le péché contre le Saint-Esprit: RHPR 3, 1923, 367–72). Mk 12:36; 13:11; Lk 2:26; 3:22; 10:21; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; 2:33; 5:3, 32; 7:51; 8:18 v.l.; 10:44, 47; 11:15; 13:2; 15:8, 28; 19:6; 20:23, 28; 21:11; 28:25; Eph 1:13 (τὸ πν. τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τὸ ἅγιον); 4:30 (τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ θεοῦ); Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 16:2; 18:11 (Ps 50:13); 22:1; IEph 9:1; Hs 5, 5, 2; 5, 6, 5–7 (on the relationship of the Holy Spirit to the Son in Hermas s. ALink, Christi Person u. Werk im Hirten des Hermas 1886; JvWalter, ZNW 14, 1913, 133–44; MDibelius, Hdb. exc. following Hs 5, 6, 8 p. 572–76).—τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα (Wsd 9:17; OdeSol 11:2; TestJob 51:2; ApcEsdr 7:16; Just. D. 25, 1 al.) Mt 28:19; Lk 12:10 (s. above), 12; Ac 1:8; 2:38 (epexegetic gen.); 4:31; 9:31; 10:45; 13:4; 16:6; 1 Cor 6:19; 2 Cor 13:13; 1J 5:7 v.l. (on the Comma Johanneum s. λόγο 3); GJs 24:4 (s. χρηματίζω 1bα). As the mother of Jesus GHb 20, 61 (HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 64ff; SHirsch, D. Vorstellg. v. e. weibl. πνεῦμα ἅγ. im NT u. in d. ältesten christl. Lit. 1927. Also WBousset, Hauptprobleme der Gnosis 1907, 9ff).
    β. without the art. (s. B-D-F §257, 2; Rob. 761; 795) πνεῦμα ἅγιον (PGM 3, 289; Da 5:12 LXX; PsSol 17:37; AssMos Fgm. b; Just., D. 4, 1 al.; Ath. 24, 1. S. also Da Theod. 4:8, 9, 18 θεοῦ πνεῦμα ἅγιον or πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἅγιον) Mk 1:8; Lk 1:15, 35, 41, 67; 2:25; 4:1; 11:13; J 20:22 (Cassien, La pentecôte johannique [J 20:19–23] ’39.—See also 1QS 4:20f); Ac 2:4a; 4:8; 7:55; 8:15, 17, 19; 9:17; 10:38; 11:24; 13:9; 19:2ab; Hb 2:4; 6:4; 1 Pt 1:12 v.l.; 1 Cl 2:2; AcPl 6:18; 9:4 (restored after Aa I 110, 11); AcPlCor 2:5.—So oft. in combination w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου Ac 1:2; 4:25; Ro 5:5; 2 Ti 1:14; 1 Cl 8:1 (cp. διὰ πν. αἰωνίου Hb 9:14). διὰ φωνῆς πν. ἁγίου AcPl Ha 11, 6. ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου (Eus., PE 3, 12, 3 of the Egyptians: ἐκ τ. πνεύματος οἴονται συλλαμβάνειν τὸν γῦπα. Here πνεῦμα= ‘wind’; s. Horapollo 1, 11 p. 14f. The same of other birds since Aristot.—On the neut. πνεῦμα as a masc. principle cp. Aristoxenus, Fgm. 13 of the two original principles: πατέρα μὲν φῶς, μητέρα δὲ σκότος) Mt 1:18, 20; IEph 18:2; GJs 14:2; 19:1 (pap). ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ (PsSol 17:37; ApcZeph; Ar. 15, 1) Mt 3:11; Mk 1:8 v.l.; Lk 3:16; J 1:33b; Ac 1:5 (cp. 1QS 3:7f); 11:16; Ro 9:1; 14:17; 15:16; 1 Cor 12:3b; 2 Cor 6:6; 1 Th 1:5; 1 Pt 1:12 (without ἐν v.l.); Jd 20. ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου 2 Pt 1:21. Cp. ἐν δυνάμει πνεύματος ἁγίου Ro 15:13, 19 v.l. (for πνεύματος θεοῦ). μετὰ χαρᾶς πνεύματος ἁγίου 1 Th 1:6. διὰ ἀνακαινώσεως πνεύματος ἁγίου Tit 3:5.
    ⓓ abs.
    α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα. In this connection the art. is perh. used anaphorically at times, w. the second mention of a word (s. B-D-F §252; Rob. 762); perh. Mt 12:31 (looking back to vs. 28 πν. θεοῦ); Mk 1:10, 12 (cp. vs. 8 πν. ἅγιον); Lk 4:1b, 14 (cp. vs. 1a); Ac 2:4b (cp. vs. 4a).—As a rule it is not possible to assume that anaphora is present: Mt 4:1; J 1:32, 33a; 3:6a, 8b (in wordplay), 34; 7:39a; Ac 8:29; 10:19; 11:12, 28; 19:1 D; 20:3 D, 22; 21:4; Ro 8:23 (ἀπαρχή 1bβ; 2), 26a, 27; 12:11; 15:30; 2 Cor 1:22 and 5:5 (KErlemann, ZNW 83, ’92, 202–23, and s. ἀρραβών); 12:18 (τῷ αὐτῷ πν.); Gal 3:2, 5, 14 (ἐπαγγελία 1bβ); Eph 4:3 (gen. of the author); 6:17 (perh. epexegetic gen.); 1 Ti 4:1a; Js 4:5; 1J 3:24; 5:6ab (some mss. add καὶ πνεύματος to the words διʼ ὕδατος κ. αἵματος at the beg. of the verse; this is approved by HvSoden, Moffatt, Vogels, Merk, and w. reservations by CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46, TManson, JTS 48, ’47, 25–33), vs. 8; Rv 2:7, 11, 17, 29; 3:6, 13, 22; 14:13; 22:17; B 19:2, B 7= D 4:10 (s. ἐτοιμάζω b). ἐν τῷ πνεύματι (led) by the Spirit Lk 2:27.—Paul links this Spirit of God, known to every Christian, with Christ as liberating agent in contrast to legal constraint ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμα ἐστιν the Lord means Spirit 2 Cor 3:17a (UHolzmeister, 2 Cor 3:17 Dominus autem Spiritus est 1908; JNisius, Zur Erklärung v. 2 Cor 3:16ff: ZKT 40, 1916, 617–75; JKögel, Ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν: ASchlatter Festschr. 1922, 35–46; C Guignebert, Congr. d’Hist. du Christ. II 1928, 7–22; EFuchs, Christus u. d. Geist b. Pls ’32; HHughes, ET 45, ’34, 235f; CLattey, Verb. Dom. 20, ’40, 187–89; DGriffiths ET 55, ’43, 81–83; HIngo, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61 [Paul]; JDunn, JTS 21, ’70, 309–20).
    β. without the art. πνεῦμα B 1:3. κοινωνία πνεύματος Phil 2:1 (κοινωνία 1 and 2). πνεύματι in the Spirit or through the Spirit Gal 3:3; 5:5, 16, 18; 1 Pt 4:6. εἰ ζῶμεν πνεύματι, πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν if we live by the Spirit, let us also walk by the Spirit Gal 5:25. Freq. used w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος 1 Pt 1:22 v.l. ἐξ (ὕδατος καὶ) πνεύματος J 3:5. ἐν πνεύματι in, by, through the Spirit Mt 22:43; Eph 2:22; 3:5; 5:18; 6:18; Col 1:8 (ἀγάπη ἐν πνεύματι love called forth by the Spirit); B 9:7. κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 8:4f; Gal 4:29. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2 (s. ἁγιασμός).—In neg. expressions: οὔπω ἧν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39b. ψυχικοὶ πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες worldly people, who do not have the Spirit Jd 19.—ἓν πνεῦμα one and the same Spirit 1 Cor 12:13; Eph 2:18; 4:4; one (in) Spirit 1 Cor 6:17.
    ⓔ The Spirit is more closely defined by a gen. of thing: τὸ πν. τῆς ἀληθείας (TestJud 20:5) J 14:17; 15:26; 16:13 (in these three places the Spirit of Truth is the Paraclete promised by Jesus upon his departure); 1J 4:6 (opp. τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης, as TestJud 20:1; PsSol 8:14 πλ. πλανήσεως; Just., D. 7, 3 πλάνου καὶ ἀκαθάρτου πνεύματος; cp. 1QS 4:23); τὸ τῆς δόξης πν. 1 Pt 4:14. τὸ πν. τῆς ζωῆς the Spirit of life Ro 8:2. το πν. τῆς πίστεως 2 Cor 4:13. πν. σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως Eph 1:17 (cp. Just., D. 87, 4). πν. υἱοθεσίας Ro 8:15b (opp. πν. δουλείας vs. 15a). πν. δυνάμεως AcPl Ha 8, 25. πν. δυνάμεως καὶ ἀγάπης καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 2 Ti 1:7 (opp. πν. δειλίας). τὸ πν. τῆς χάριτος (s. TestJud 24:2) Hb 10:29 (Zech 12:10); cp. 1 Cl 46:6.
    ⓕ Of Christ ‘it is written’ in Scripture: (ἐγένετο) ὁ ἔσχατος Ἀδὰμ εἰς πνεῦμα ζῳοποιοῦν 1 Cor 15:45. The scripture pass. upon which the first part of this verse is based is Gen 2:7, where Wsd 15:11 also substitutes the words πνεῦμα ζωτικόν for πνοὴν ζωῆς (cp. Just., D. 6, 2). On the other hand, s. Philo, Leg. All. 1, 42 and s. the lit. s.v. Ἀδάμ ad loc.
    ⓖ The (divine) Pneuma stands in contrast to everything that characterizes this age or the finite world gener.: οὐ τὸ πν. τοῦ κόσμου ἀλλὰ τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12; cp. Eph 2:2 and 1 Ti 4:1ab.
    α. in contrast to σάρξ, which is more closely connected w. sin than any other earthly material (Just., D. 135, 6): J 3:6; Ro 8:4–6, 9a, 13; Gal 3:3; 5:17ab; 6:8. Cp. B 10:9. πᾶσα ἐπιθυμία κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος στρατεύεται Pol 5:3.
    β. in contrast to σῶμα (=σάρξ) Ro 8:10 and to σάρξ (=σῶμα, as many hold) J 6:63a (for τὸ πν. ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν cp. Philo, Op. Mund. 30; Herm. Wr. in Cyrill., C. Jul. I 556c=542, 24 Sc. the pneuma τὰ πάντα ζῳοποιεῖ καὶ τρέφει. S. also f above). Cp. Ro 8:11b.
    γ. in contrast to γράμμα, which is the characteristic quality of God’s older declaration of the divine will in the law: Ro 2:29; 7:6; 2 Cor 3:6ab, 8 (cp. vs. 7).
    δ. in contrast to the wisdom of humans 1 Cor 2:13.
    ⑥ the Spirit of God as exhibited in the character or activity of God’s people or selected agents, Spirit, spirit (s. HPreisker, Geist u. Leben ’33).
    ⓐ πνεῦμα is accompanied by another noun, which characterizes the working of the Spirit more definitely: πνεῦμα καὶ δύναμις spirit and power Lk 1:17; 1 Cor 2:4. Cp. Ac 10:38; 1 Th 1:5. πνεῦμα καὶ ζωή J 6:63b. πνεῦμα κ. σοφία Ac 6:3; cp. vs. 10 (cp. TestReub 2:6 πνεῦμα λαλίας). πίστις κ. πνεῦμα ἅγιον 6:5 (cp. Just., D. 135, 6). χαρὰ καὶ πνεῦμα ἅγ. 13:52.
    ⓑ Unless frustrated by humans in their natural condition, the Spirit of God produces a spiritual type of conduct Gal 5:16, 25 and produces the καρπὸς τοῦ πνεύματος vs. 22 (s. Vögtle under πλεονεξία).
    ⓒ The Spirit inspires certain people of God B 12:2; B 13:5, above all, in their capacity as proclaimers of a divine revelation (Strabo 9, 3, 5 the πνεῦμα ἐνθουσιαστικόν, that inspired the Pythia; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; 33, 5 of the divine πν. that impels prophets and poets to express themselves; schol. on Pla. 856e of a μάντις: ἄνωθεν λαμβάνειν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ πληροῦσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ; Aristobulus in Eus., PE 8, 10, 4 [=Fgm. 2, 4 p. 136 Holladay] τὸ θεῖον πν., καθʼ ὸ̔ καὶ προφήτης ἀνακεκήρυκται ‘[Moses possessed] the Divine Spirit with the result that he was proclaimed a prophet’; AscIs 1:7 τὸ πν. τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ἐμοί; AssMos Fgm. f εἶδεν πνεύματι ἐπαρθείς; Just., A I, 38, 1 al.; Ath. 10, 3 τὸ προφητικὸν πν. Cp. Marinus, Vi. Procli 23 of Proclus: οὐ γὰρ ἄνευ θείας ἐπινοίας … διαλέγεσθαι; Orig., C. Cels. 3, 28, 23). προφητεία came into being only as ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου φερόμενοι ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 2 Pt 1:21; cp. Ac 15:29 v.l.; cp. 1 Cl 8:1. David Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; cp. Ac 1:16; 4:25. Isaiah Ac 28:25. Moses B 10:2, B 9; the Spirit was also active in giving the tables of the law to Moses 14:2. Christ himself spoke in the OT διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου 1 Cl 22:1. The ἱεραὶ γραφαί are called αἱ διὰ τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἁγίου 45:2.—The Christian prophet Agabus also ἐσήμαινεν διὰ τοῦ πν. Ac 11:28; cp. Ac 21:11. Likew. Ign. IPhld 7:2. In general the Spirit reveals the most profound secrets to those who believe 1 Cor 2:10ab.—1 Cl claims to be written διὰ τοῦ ἁγ. πν. 63:2. On Ac 19:21 s. 3b.
    ⓓ The Spirit of God, being one, shows the variety and richness of its life in the different kinds of spiritual gifts which are granted to certain Christians 1 Cor 12:4, 7, 11; cp. vs. 13ab.—Vss. 8–10 enumerate the individual gifts of the Spirit, using various prepositions: διὰ τοὺ πν. vs. 8a; κατὰ τὸ πν. vs. 8b; ἐν τῷ πν. vs. 9ab. τὸ πν. μὴ σβέννυτε do not quench the Spirit 1 Th 5:19 refers to the gift of prophecy, acc. to vs. 20.—The use of the pl. πνεύματα is explained in 1 Cor 14:12 by the varied nature of the Spirit’s working; in vs. 32 by the number of persons who possess the prophetic spirit; on the latter s. Rv 22:6 and 19:10.
    ⓔ One special type of spiritual gift is represented by ecstatic speaking. Of those who ‘speak in tongues’ that no earthly person can understand: πνεύματι λαλεῖ μυστήρια expresses secret things in a spiritual way 1 Cor 14:2. Cp. vss. 14–16 and s. νοῦς 1b. τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπερεντυγχάνει στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις the Spirit pleads in our behalf with groans beyond words Ro 8:26b. Of speech that is ecstatic, but expressed in words that can be understood λαλεῖν ἐν πνεύματι D 11:7, 8; cp. vs. 9 (on the subject-matter 1 Cor 12:3; Jos., Ant. 4, 118f; TestJob 43:2 ἀναλαβὼν Ἐλιφᾶς πν. εἶπεν ὕμνον). Of the state of mind of the seer of the Apocalypse: ἐν πνεύματι Rv 17:3; 21:10; γενέσθαι ἐν πν. 1:10; 4:2 (s. γίνομαι 5c, ἐν 4c and EMoering, StKr 92, 1920, 148–54; RJeske, NTS 31, ’85, 452–66); AcPl Ha 6, 27. On the Spirit at Pentecost Ac 2:4 s. KLake: Beginn. I 5, ’33, 111–21. κατασταλέντος τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἐν Μύρτῃ when the Spirit (of prophecy) that was in Myrta ceased speaking AcPl Ha 7, 9.
    ⓕ The Spirit leads and directs Christian missionaries in their journeys (Aelian, NA 11, 16 the young women are led blindfolded to the cave of the holy serpent; they are guided by a πνεῦμα θεῖον) Ac 16:6, 7 (by dreams, among other methods; cp. vs. 9f and s. Marinus, Vi. Procli 27: Proclus ἔφασκεν προθυμηθῆναι μὲν πολλάκις γράψαι, κωλυθῆναι δὲ ἐναργῶς ἔκ τινων ἐνυπνίων). In Ac 16:6–7 τὸ ἅγιον πν. and τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ are distinguished.
    ⑦ an activating spirit that is not fr. God, spirit: πν. ἔτερον a different (kind of) spirit 2 Cor 11:4. Cp. 2 Th 2:2; 1J 4:1–3. Because there are persons activated by such spirits, it is necessary to test the var. kinds of spirits (the same problem Artem. 3, 20 περὶ διαφορᾶς μάντεων, οἷς δεῖ προσέχειν καὶ οἷς μή) 1 Cor 12:10; 1J 4:1b. ὁ διάβολος πληροῖ αὐτὸν αὐτοῦ πν. Hm 11:3. Also οὐκ οἴδατε ποίου πνεύματός ἐστε Lk 9:55 v.l. distinguishes betw. the spirit shown by Jesus’ disciples, and another kind of spirit.—Even more rarely a spirit divinely given that is not God’s own; so (in a quot. fr. Is 29:10) a πνεῦμα κατανύξεως Ro 11:8.
    ⑧ an independent transcendent personality, the Spirit, which appears in formulas that became more and more fixed and distinct (cp. Ath. 12, 2; Hippol., Ref. 7, 26, 2.—Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 12 θεόν, υἱόν πατρός, πνεῦμα ἐκ πατρὸς ἐκπορευόμενον ἓν ἐκ τριῶν καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς τρία, ταῦτα νόμιζε Ζῆνα, τόνδʼ ἡγοῦ θεόν=‘God, son of the father, spirit proceeding from the father, one from three and three from one, consider these as Zeus, think of this one as God’. The entire context bears a Christian impress.—As Aion in gnostic speculation Iren. 1, 2, 5 [Harv. I 21, 2]): βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος Mt 28:19 (on the text s. βαπτίζω 2c; on the subject-matter GWalther, Die Entstehung des Taufsymbols aus dem Taufritus: StKr 95, 1924, 256ff); D 7:1, 3. Cp. 2 Cor 13:13; 1 Cl 58:2; IEph 9:1; IMg 13:1b, 2; MPol 14:3; 22:1, 3; Epil Mosq 5. On this s. HUsener, Dreiheit: RhM 58, 1903, 1ff; 161ff; 321ff; esp. 36ff; EvDobschütz, Zwei-u. dreigliedrige Formeln: JBL 50, ’31, 116–47 (also Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 92–100); Norden, Agn. Th. 228ff; JMainz, Die Bed. der Dreizahl im Judentum 1922; Clemen2 125–28; NSöderblom, Vater, Sohn u. Geist 1909; DNielsen, Der dreieinige Gott I 1922; GKrüger, Das Dogma v. der Dreieinigkeit 1905, 46ff; AHarnack, Entstehung u. Entwicklung der Kirchenverfassung 1910, 187ff; JHaussleiter, Trinitarischer Glaube u. Christusbekenntnis in der alten Kirche: BFCT XXV 4, 1920; JLebreton, Histoire du dogme de la Trinité I: Les origines6 1927; RBlümel, Pls u. d. dreieinige Gott 1929.—On the whole word FRüsche, D. Seelenpneuma ’33; HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919; EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 486–95; PVolz, Der Geist Gottes u. d. verwandten Erscheinungen im AT 1910; JHehn, Zum Problem des Geistes im alten Orient u. im AT: ZAW n.s. 2, 1925, 210–25; SLinder, Studier till Gamla Testamentets föreställningar om anden 1926; AMarmorstein, Der Hl. Geist in der rabb. Legende: ARW 28, 1930, 286–303; NSnaith, The Distinctive Ideas of the OT ’46, 229–37; FDillistone, Bibl. Doctrine of the Holy Spirit: Theology Today 3, ’46/47, 486–97; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 341–46; ESchweizer, CDodd Festschr., ’56, 482–508; DLys, Rûach, Le Souffle dans l’AT, ’62; DHill, Gk. Words and Hebr. Mngs. ’67, 202–93.—HGunkel, Die Wirkungen des Hl. Geistes2 1899; HWeinel, Die Wirkungen des Geistes u. der Geister im nachap. Zeitalter 1899; EWinstanley, The Spirit in the NT 1908; HSwete, The Holy Spirit in the NT 1909, The Holy Spirit in the Ancient Church 1912; EScott, The Spirit in the NT 1923; FBüchsel, Der Geist Gottes im NT 1926; EvDobschütz, Der Geistbesitz des Christen im Urchristentum: Monatsschr. für Pastoral-theol. 20, 1924, 228ff; FBadcock, ‘The Spirit’ and Spirit in the NT: ET 45, ’34, 218–21; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 151–62 (Eng. tr. KGrobel, ’51, I 153–64); ESchweizer, Geist u. Gemeinde im NT ’52, Int 6, ’52, 259–78.—WTosetti, Der Hl. Geist als göttliche Pers. in den Evangelien 1918; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion. Der Ursprung des Geistbegriffs der Syn. Ev. aus der griech. Mystik 1922; AFrövig, Das Sendungsbewusstsein Jesu u. der Geist 1924; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist nach Syn. Überl.: Studies in Early Christianity, presented to FCPorter and BWBacon 1928, 209–36; FSynge, The Holy Spirit in the Gospels and Acts: CQR 120, ’35, 205–17; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit and the Gospel Trad. ’47.—ESokolowski, Die Begriffe Geist u. Leben bei Pls 1903; KDeissner, Auferstehungshoffnung u. Pneumagedanke bei Pls 1912; GVos, The Eschatological Aspect of the Pauline Conception of the Spirit: Bibl. and Theol. Studies by the Faculty of Princeton Theol. Sem. 1912, 209–59; HBertrams, Das Wesen des Geistes nach d. Anschauung des Ap. Pls 1913; WReinhard, Das Wirken des Hl. Geistes im Menschen nach den Briefen des Ap. Pls 1918; HHoyle, The Holy Spirit in St. Paul 1928; PGächter, Z. Pneumabegriff des hl. Pls: ZKT 53, 1929, 345–408; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik des Ap. Pls 1930, 159–74 al. [Mysticism of Paul the Apostle, tr. WMontgomery ’31, 160–76 al.]; E-BAllo, RB 43, ’34, 321–46 [1 Cor]; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. after Ro 8:11; Synge [s. above], CQR 119, ’35, 79–93 [Pauline epp.]; NWaaning, Onderzoek naar het gebruik van πνεῦμα bij Pls, diss. Amsterd. ’39; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 167–200.—HvBaer, Der Hl. Geist in den Lukasschriften 1926; MGoguel, La Notion joh. de l’Esprit 1902; JSimpson, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: Exp., 9th ser., 4, 1925, 292–99; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist im J.: Amicitiae Corolla (RHarris Festschr.) ’33, 303–18; WLofthouse, The Holy Spirit in Ac and J: ET 52, ’40/41, 334–36; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: JTS 1 n.s., ’50, 1–15; FCrump, Pneuma in the Gospels, diss. Catholic Univ. of America, ’54; GLampe, Studies in the Gospels (RHLightfoot memorial vol.) ’55, 159–200; NHamilton, The Holy Spirit and Eschatology in Paul, ’57; WDavies, Paul and the Dead Sea Scrolls, Flesh and Spirit: The Scrolls and the NT, ed. KStendahl, ’57, 157–82.—GJohnston, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Holy Spirit’ in the Qumran Lit.: NT Sidelights (ACPurdy Festschr.) ’60, 27–42; JPryke, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Flesh’ in Qumran and NT, RevQ 5, ’65, 346–60; HBraun, Qumran und d. NT II, ’66, 150–64; DHill, Greek Words and Hebrew Meanings, ’67, 202–93; WBieder, Pneumatolog. Aspekte im Hb, OCullmann Festschr. ’72, 251–59; KEasley, The Pauline Usage of πνεύματι as a Reference to the Spirit of God: JETS 27, ’84, 299–313 (statistics).—B. 260; 1087. Pauly-W. XIV 387–412. BHHW I 534–37. Schmidt, Syn. II 218–50. New Docs 4, 38f. DELG s.v. πνέω. M-M. Dict. de la Bible XI 126–398. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πνεῦμα

  • 18 mirar

    v.
    1 to look at (dirigir la vista a).
    mirar algo de cerca/lejos to look at something closely/from a distance
    ¡míralos! look at them!
    mirar algo por encima to glance over something, to have a quick look at something
    mirar a alguien bien/mal to think highly/poorly of somebody
    mirar a alguien de arriba abajo to look somebody up and down
    Ella mira la luna She looks at the moon.
    Ella mira She looks.
    ¡mira! look (at that!)
    mira, yo creo que… look, I think (that)…
    mira que te avisé I told you so
    mira por dónde… guess what?, would you believe it? (peninsular Spanish)
    ¡mira que eres pesado/tonto! you're being really tedious/silly!
    3 to check, to look through.
    le miraron todas las maletas they searched all her luggage
    Ella mira la revista She looks through=leafs through the magazine.
    4 to check, to look.
    he mirado en todas partes I've looked everywhere
    5 to watch.
    Ella mira el partido She watches the game.
    6 to consider, to think about, to think over.
    Ella mira la posibilidad She considers the possibility.
    * * *
    1 (observar) to look at; (con atención) to watch
    2 (buscar) to look; (registrar) to search
    4 (averiguar) to see, find out
    5 (dar) to face
    6 (tener cuidado con) to watch, mind, be careful
    7 (tener en cuenta) to consider
    1 (gen) to look; (con atención) to stare
    2 (buscar) to look
    3 (tener cuidado) to mind, watch, be careful
    \
    de mírame y no me toques very fragile, delicate
    mira que si... what if...
    ¡mira! (gen) look! 2 (con asombro) well I never!, fancy that! 3 (como aviso) look here!
    mira que te lo dije I did tell you, didn't I?
    mira quién habla look who's talking
    mira, yo no digo nada look, I'm not saying a thing
    mirándolo bien... thinking about it...
    mirar a alguien por encima del hombro to look down one's nose at somebody
    mirar algo/a alguien con buenos/malos ojos to have a good/bad opinion of something/somebody
    mirar algo por encima to have a quick look at something
    mirar atrás to look back
    mirar de arriba a abajo a alguien to look somebody up and down
    mirar por alguien to think of somebody
    mirarse en alguien to look up to somebody
    ¡mira por donde! would you believe it!
    ¡mira que!
    ■ ¡mira que es tonto! he's so stupid!
    * * *
    verb
    1) to look, look at
    •
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=ver) to look at

    • mirar a algn de arriba abajo — to look sb up and down

    • mirar algo/a algn de reojo o de través — to look at sth/sb out of the corner of one's eye

    • mirar fijamente algo/a algn — to gaze o stare at sth/sb

    • mirar algo por encima — to glance over sth

    hombro
    2) (=observar) to watch
    3) (=comprobar)

    mira a ver lo que hace el niño — go and see o check what the boy's up to

    4) (=pensar en)

    ¡no gastes más, mira que no tenemos dinero! — don't spend any more, remember we've no money!

    • mirándolo bien, bien mirado o si bien se mira o mirándolo bien, la situación no es tan grave — all in all, the situation isn't that bad, if you really think about it, the situation isn't all that bad

    bien mirado o mirándolo bien, creo que lo haré más tarde — on second thoughts, I think I'll do it later

    5) (=ser cuidadoso con)
    6) [uso exclamativo]
    a) [en imperativo]

    ¡mira qué cuadro tan bonito! — look, what a pretty painting!

    ¡mira cómo me has puesto de agua! — look, you've covered me in water!

    ¡mira lo que has hecho! — (just) look what you've done!

    ¡mira quién fue a hablar! — look who's talking!

    ¡mira (bien) lo que haces! — watch what you do!

    ¡mira con quién hablas! — just remember who you're talking to!

    b) [indicando sorpresa, disgusto]

    • mira que, ¡mira que es tonto! — he's so stupid!

    ¡mira que te avisé! — didn't I warn you?

    ¡mira que ponerse a llover ahora! — it would have to start raining right now!

    c) [indicando esperanza, temor]

    • mira que si, ¡mira que si ganas! — imagine if you win!

    ¡mira que si no viene! — just suppose he doesn't come!

    ¡mira que si es mentira! — just suppose it isn't true!, what if it isn't true?

    7) LAm (=ver) to see

    ¿lo miras? — can you see it?

    2. VI
    1) [con la vista] to look

    me vio pero miró hacia otro lado — she saw me, but she looked the other way

    mirar de reojo o de través — to look out of the corner of one's eye

    2) (=comprobar) to look

    ¿has mirado en el cajón? — have you looked in the drawer?

    3) (=estar orientado hacia) to face
    4) (=cuidar)

    • mirar por algn — to look after sb, take care of sb

    debes de mirar por tus hermanos — you should look after o take care of your brothers

    5) [uso exclamativo]
    a) [en imperativo]

    ¡mira! un ratón — look, a mouse!

    mira, yo creo que... — look, I think that...

    mira, déjame en paz ahora — look, just leave me alone now

    mire usted, yo no tengo por qué aguantar esto — look here, I don't have to put up with this

    b) [indicando sorpresa, admiración]

    • mira si, ¡mira si estaría buena la sopa que todos repitieron! — the soup was so good that everyone had seconds!

    ¡mira si es listo el niño! — what a clever boy he is!

    - ¡pues mira por dónde...!
    6)

    • mirar a — (=proponerse) to aim at

    7) frm

    por lo que mira a — as for, as regards

    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) (observar, contemplar) to look at

    se me quedó mirando — he just stared at me, he just gaped at me

    ir a mirar escaparates or (AmL) vidrieras — to go window shopping

    ser de mírame y no me toques — to be very fragile o delicate

    b) <programa/partido> to watch
    2) ( fijarse) to look

    bien mirado or mirándolo bien, no es una mala idea — thinking about it o all things considered, it's not a bad idea

    mirándolo bien creo que prefiero no ir — on second thoughts, I think I'd prefer to stay

    lo mires por donde lo mires — whatever o whichever way you look at it

    mirar algo en menos — < regalo> to turn one's nose up at something; <trabajo/idea> to look down one's nose at something

    mirar mal or no mirar bien a alguien: lo miran mal porque lleva el pelo largo they disapprove of him because he has long hair; en el trabajo no lo miran bien — he's not very highly thought of at work

    5)
    a) (expresando incredulidad, irritación, etc)

    mira que poner un plato de plástico en el horno...! — honestly o really! imagine putting a plastic dish in the oven...! (colloq)

    mira que eres tacaño! — boy, you're mean! (colloq)

    mira las veces que te lo habré dicho...! — the times I've told you!

    mira que mi paciencia tiene un límite — I'm warning you, I'm running out of patience

    mira que ya son las nueve — you realize o you (do) know it's already nine

    2.
    mirar vi
    1) (observar, contemplar) to look

    ¿miraste bien? — did you have a good look?, did you look properly?

    2) ( fijarse) to look

    mire usted, la cosa es muy sencilla — well, it's very simple

    sacó el primer premio - mira tú! — he won first prize - well, well! o well I never!

    no, mira, yo tampoco me lo creo — no, to be honest, I don't believe it either

    mira, no me vengas con excusas — look, I don't want to listen to your excuses

    mira por dónde — (Esp fam)

    y mira por dónde, me llevé el trofeo — and would you believe it? I won the trophy, and guess what? I won the trophy

    mirar A/HACIA algo — fachada/frente to face something; terraza/habitación to look out over something, overlook something

    ponte mirando hacia la ventana — stand (o sit etc) facing the window

    a) ( preocuparse por) to think of
    b) (Col) ( cuidar) to look after
    3.
    mirarse v pron
    a) (refl) to look at oneself
    b) (recípr) to look at each other
    * * *
    = look, look through, behold, check out, peek, look (a)round, roam over, catch + sight of, eye.
    Nota: Participio pasado eyeing (UK) o eying (USA).
    Ex. This chapter takes the opportunity to look at an assortment of other aspects of bibliographic description.
    Ex. If you possess a copy of CC it would be advisable for you to look through it at this stage and acquaint yourself with the general appearance of each Part before proceeding further.
    Ex. As Confucius said ' behold the turtle, he makes progress only when his neck is out'.
    Ex. Where problems do arise it is sensible to check out the training programme before blaming the assistant for poor performance of duties.
    Ex. The article ' Peeking inside the black box - a look at the private life of your modem' explains the theory and mechanism of modems.
    Ex. One has only to look around in bookshops to see how many paperbacks on show have film or TV links.
    Ex. According to Tim Berners-Lee's vision of the semantic web, intelligent agent software will have the ability to understand the meaning (semantics) of the information they are roaming over in order to make the users' searches more inherently meaningful and efficient.
    Ex. 'Good grief!', he cried, catching sight of the clock.
    Ex. The banking community is eyeing its possibilities with serious interest.
    ----
    * a caballo regalado no se le mira el diente = never look a gift horse in the mouth.
    * aficionado a mirar las estrellas = stargazer.
    * bien mirado = all things considered.
    * deleitarse mirando = feast + Posesivo + eyes on.
    * hacer que la gente se vuelva a mirar = make + heads turn.
    * hay que mirar hacia el futuro = the show must go on.
    * haz el bien y no mires a quién = cast your bread upon the waters.
    * mirando al sur = south facing.
    * mirando hacia atrás = in retrospect.
    * mirándolo bien = all things considered.
    * ¡mira por donde! = lo and behold!, lo!.
    * ¡mira quién habla! = look who's talking!.
    * mirar a = look at, peer at, look onto.
    * mirar a Alguien con odio = look + daggers at.
    * mirar a Alguien de arriba abajo = look + Nombre + up and down.
    * mirar adelante = look + straight ahead.
    * mirar a hurtadillas = peep.
    * mirar a la gente con desprecio = look down + Posesivo + nose at people.
    * mirar al frente = look + straight ahead.
    * mirar a los ojos = make + eye contact, look + Nombre + in the eyes.
    * mirar al otro lado = look + the other way.
    * mirar al vacío = stare into + space, look into + space, gaze into + space.
    * mirar con desdén = scowl (at).
    * mirar con desprecio = look down + Posesivo + nose at, look down on/upon.
    * mirar con el ceño fruncido = glower, scowl (at).
    * mirar con ira = glower, scowl (at).
    * mirar con malos ojos = glower, scowl (at).
    * mirar cuidadosamente = comb trough.
    * mirar de arriba abajo = eye.
    * mirar dentro de = peer into.
    * mirar de reojo a = steal + a glance at.
    * mirar desde arriba = look down on/upon, look down over.
    * mirar de soslayo a = steal + a glance at.
    * mirar detenidamente = go through, eye.
    * mirar en otra dirección = look + the other way.
    * mirar fijamente = stare at, look + hard, gaze.
    * mirar fijamente a los ojos = eyeball.
    * mirar furtivamente = peep.
    * mirar hacia = overlook.
    * mirar hacia abajo = look down.
    * mirar hacia arriba = look up.
    * mirar hacia atrás = look back.
    * mirar hacia el futuro = look forward, look + ahead.
    * mirar la bola de cristal = gaze into + crystal ball.
    * mirar las estrellas = stargaze.
    * mirar ligeramente = glance at.
    * mirar para atrás = look back.
    * mirar por = look about, peer out, look out.
    * mirar por encima = eyeball.
    * mirar por encima del hombro = look over + Posesivo + shoulders, look down + Posesivo + nose at, look down on/upon.
    * mirar por encima del hombro a la gente = look down + Posesivo + nose at people.
    * mirar rápidamente = shoot + a look at.
    * mirar rápidamente buscando algo = scan.
    * mirar rápida y brevemente = catch + sight of.
    * mirarse el ombligo = contemplate + navel, gaze at + Posesivo + navel.
    * que mira al sur = south facing.
    * recrearse mirando = feast + Posesivo + eyes on.
    * ser mirado de forma extraña = get + some funny looks.
    * si bien se mira = all things considered.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) (observar, contemplar) to look at

    se me quedó mirando — he just stared at me, he just gaped at me

    ir a mirar escaparates or (AmL) vidrieras — to go window shopping

    ser de mírame y no me toques — to be very fragile o delicate

    b) <programa/partido> to watch
    2) ( fijarse) to look

    bien mirado or mirándolo bien, no es una mala idea — thinking about it o all things considered, it's not a bad idea

    mirándolo bien creo que prefiero no ir — on second thoughts, I think I'd prefer to stay

    lo mires por donde lo mires — whatever o whichever way you look at it

    mirar algo en menos — < regalo> to turn one's nose up at something; <trabajo/idea> to look down one's nose at something

    mirar mal or no mirar bien a alguien: lo miran mal porque lleva el pelo largo they disapprove of him because he has long hair; en el trabajo no lo miran bien — he's not very highly thought of at work

    5)
    a) (expresando incredulidad, irritación, etc)

    mira que poner un plato de plástico en el horno...! — honestly o really! imagine putting a plastic dish in the oven...! (colloq)

    mira que eres tacaño! — boy, you're mean! (colloq)

    mira las veces que te lo habré dicho...! — the times I've told you!

    mira que mi paciencia tiene un límite — I'm warning you, I'm running out of patience

    mira que ya son las nueve — you realize o you (do) know it's already nine

    2.
    mirar vi
    1) (observar, contemplar) to look

    ¿miraste bien? — did you have a good look?, did you look properly?

    2) ( fijarse) to look

    mire usted, la cosa es muy sencilla — well, it's very simple

    sacó el primer premio - mira tú! — he won first prize - well, well! o well I never!

    no, mira, yo tampoco me lo creo — no, to be honest, I don't believe it either

    mira, no me vengas con excusas — look, I don't want to listen to your excuses

    mira por dónde — (Esp fam)

    y mira por dónde, me llevé el trofeo — and would you believe it? I won the trophy, and guess what? I won the trophy

    mirar A/HACIA algo — fachada/frente to face something; terraza/habitación to look out over something, overlook something

    ponte mirando hacia la ventana — stand (o sit etc) facing the window

    a) ( preocuparse por) to think of
    b) (Col) ( cuidar) to look after
    3.
    mirarse v pron
    a) (refl) to look at oneself
    b) (recípr) to look at each other
    * * *
    = look, look through, behold, check out, peek, look (a)round, roam over, catch + sight of, eye.
    Nota: Participio pasado eyeing (UK) o eying (USA).

    Ex: This chapter takes the opportunity to look at an assortment of other aspects of bibliographic description.

    Ex: If you possess a copy of CC it would be advisable for you to look through it at this stage and acquaint yourself with the general appearance of each Part before proceeding further.
    Ex: As Confucius said ' behold the turtle, he makes progress only when his neck is out'.
    Ex: Where problems do arise it is sensible to check out the training programme before blaming the assistant for poor performance of duties.
    Ex: The article ' Peeking inside the black box - a look at the private life of your modem' explains the theory and mechanism of modems.
    Ex: One has only to look around in bookshops to see how many paperbacks on show have film or TV links.
    Ex: According to Tim Berners-Lee's vision of the semantic web, intelligent agent software will have the ability to understand the meaning (semantics) of the information they are roaming over in order to make the users' searches more inherently meaningful and efficient.
    Ex: 'Good grief!', he cried, catching sight of the clock.
    Ex: The banking community is eyeing its possibilities with serious interest.
    * a caballo regalado no se le mira el diente = never look a gift horse in the mouth.
    * aficionado a mirar las estrellas = stargazer.
    * bien mirado = all things considered.
    * deleitarse mirando = feast + Posesivo + eyes on.
    * hacer que la gente se vuelva a mirar = make + heads turn.
    * hay que mirar hacia el futuro = the show must go on.
    * haz el bien y no mires a quién = cast your bread upon the waters.
    * mirando al sur = south facing.
    * mirando hacia atrás = in retrospect.
    * mirándolo bien = all things considered.
    * ¡mira por donde! = lo and behold!, lo!.
    * ¡mira quién habla! = look who's talking!.
    * mirar a = look at, peer at, look onto.
    * mirar a Alguien con odio = look + daggers at.
    * mirar a Alguien de arriba abajo = look + Nombre + up and down.
    * mirar adelante = look + straight ahead.
    * mirar a hurtadillas = peep.
    * mirar a la gente con desprecio = look down + Posesivo + nose at people.
    * mirar al frente = look + straight ahead.
    * mirar a los ojos = make + eye contact, look + Nombre + in the eyes.
    * mirar al otro lado = look + the other way.
    * mirar al vacío = stare into + space, look into + space, gaze into + space.
    * mirar con desdén = scowl (at).
    * mirar con desprecio = look down + Posesivo + nose at, look down on/upon.
    * mirar con el ceño fruncido = glower, scowl (at).
    * mirar con ira = glower, scowl (at).
    * mirar con malos ojos = glower, scowl (at).
    * mirar cuidadosamente = comb trough.
    * mirar de arriba abajo = eye.
    * mirar dentro de = peer into.
    * mirar de reojo a = steal + a glance at.
    * mirar desde arriba = look down on/upon, look down over.
    * mirar de soslayo a = steal + a glance at.
    * mirar detenidamente = go through, eye.
    * mirar en otra dirección = look + the other way.
    * mirar fijamente = stare at, look + hard, gaze.
    * mirar fijamente a los ojos = eyeball.
    * mirar furtivamente = peep.
    * mirar hacia = overlook.
    * mirar hacia abajo = look down.
    * mirar hacia arriba = look up.
    * mirar hacia atrás = look back.
    * mirar hacia el futuro = look forward, look + ahead.
    * mirar la bola de cristal = gaze into + crystal ball.
    * mirar las estrellas = stargaze.
    * mirar ligeramente = glance at.
    * mirar para atrás = look back.
    * mirar por = look about, peer out, look out.
    * mirar por encima = eyeball.
    * mirar por encima del hombro = look over + Posesivo + shoulders, look down + Posesivo + nose at, look down on/upon.
    * mirar por encima del hombro a la gente = look down + Posesivo + nose at people.
    * mirar rápidamente = shoot + a look at.
    * mirar rápidamente buscando algo = scan.
    * mirar rápida y brevemente = catch + sight of.
    * mirarse el ombligo = contemplate + navel, gaze at + Posesivo + navel.
    * que mira al sur = south facing.
    * recrearse mirando = feast + Posesivo + eyes on.
    * ser mirado de forma extraña = get + some funny looks.
    * si bien se mira = all things considered.

    * * *
    mirar [A1 ]
    ■ mirar (verbo transitivo)
    A
    1 contemplar: dibujo, etc
    2 mirar: programa, partido
    B fijarse
    C considerar: problema, cuestión
    D ser cuidadoso con
    E
    1 expresando incredulidad etc
    2 en advertencias
    ■ mirar (verbo intransitivo)
    A observar, contemplar
    B fijarse
    C estar orientado hacia algo
    D
    1 preocuparse por
    2 cuidar
    ■ mirarse (verbo pronominal)
    1 cuidarse
    2 contemplarse
    vt
    A
    1 (contemplar) ‹dibujo/persona› to look at
    se me quedó mirando con la boca abierta he just stared at me open-mouthed, he just gaped at me
    miró el reloj con disimulo she glanced furtively at her watch
    miraba distraída por la ventana he was gazing absent-mindedly out of the window
    no me mires así don't look at me like that
    nunca te mira a los ojos cuando te habla he never looks you in the eye when he's talking to you
    la miró de arriba (a) abajo he eyed o looked her up and down
    estaba mirando una revista he was looking o leafing through a magazine
    se quedó mirando cómo lo hacía he stood watching how she did it
    ¿has leído el informe? — lo he mirado muy por encima have you read the report — I've only had a quick look at it o I've only given it a cursory glance
    salieron a mirar escaparates or ( AmL) vidrieras they went (out) window shopping
    mírame y no me toques: esta cristalería es de las de mírame y no me toques you've only to look at this glassware and it breaks
    el encaje es muy antiguo y está que mírame y no me toques the lace is very old and it's very fragile o delicate
    2 ‹programa/partido› to watch
    mirar televisión to watch television
    B (fijarse) to look
    mira qué vestido más bonito what a lovely dress!, that's a lovely dress, isn't it?
    a ver si mira por dónde va why don't you look where you're going?
    mira cómo se divierten look what fun they're having!
    ¡mira lo que has hecho! look what you've done!
    antes de salir mira bien que no quede ninguna luz encendida make sure o check there are no lights left on before you go out
    mira a ver si el pollo está listo look o have a look at the chicken to see if it's done
    C (considerar) ‹problema/cuestión›
    míralo desde otro punto de vista look at it from another point of view
    mira bien lo que haces think hard o carefully about what you're doing
    bien mirado or mirándolo bien, no es una mala idea thinking about it o all things considered, it's not a bad idea
    bien mirado or mirándolo bien, había algo extraño en él thinking about it o now that I come to think about it, there was something strange about him
    mirándolo bien creo que prefiero quedarme en casa on second thoughts, I think I'd prefer to stay at home
    lo mires por donde lo mires whatever o whichever way you look at it
    mirar algo/a algn en menos: me miró en menos el regalo y me costó tan caro the present I gave her cost the earth and she looked down her nose at it
    yo que lo miré en menos y es un rico heredero I turned my nose up at him and it turns out he's the the heir to a fortune!
    los miran en menos porque son pobres people look down on them because they're poor
    mirar mal or no mirar bien a algn: en el trabajo no lo miran bien he's not very highly thought of at work, they don't have a very high opinion of him at work
    lo miran mal porque lleva el pelo largo they disapprove of him because he has long hair
    los miran mal porque no están casados they're frowned upon because they're not married, people disapprove of them because they're not married
    D
    (ser cuidadoso con): mira mucho el dinero she's very careful with her money
    mira hasta el último céntimo he watches every penny
    E
    1
    (expresando incredulidad, irritación, etc): ¡mira que poner un plato de plástico en el horno …! honestly o really! imagine putting a plastic dish in the oven …! ( colloq)
    ¡mira que tú también te metes en cada lío …! you're a fine one to talk, with all the scrapes you get into! ( colloq)
    ¡mira que no saber dónde está Helsinki …! imagine o ( BrE) fancy not knowing where Helsinki is!
    ¡mira que eres tacaño! you're so mean! boy, you're mean! ( colloq)
    ¡mira que te lo he dicho de veces …! the times I've told you!, how many times do I have to tell you?
    ¡mira quién habla! look o hark who's talking!
    mira si será egoísta, que no me lo quiso prestar talk about (being) selfish! he wouldn't lend it to me
    2
    (en advertencias): mira que mañana hay huelga de trenes remember that there's a train strike tomorrow
    mira que mi paciencia tiene un límite I'm warning you, I'm running out of patience
    ¿todavía estás aquí? mira que ya son las nueve are you still here? you realize o you (do) know it's already gone nine …
    ■ mirar
    vi
    A (observar, contemplar) to look
    no mires, que es una sorpresa don't look, it's a surprise
    cuando hay alguna escena violenta yo no miro when there's a violent scene I don't look
    se mira y no se toca look but don't touch
    he mirado por todas partes y no lo encuentro I've looked everywhere but I can't find it
    se pasa el día mirando por la ventana he spends the whole day looking out of the window
    ¿estás seguro de que no está? ¿miraste bien? are you sure it's not there? did you have a good look? o did you look properly?
    tienes que mirar por aquí/por este agujero you have to look through here/through this hole
    mirar atrás to look back
    B (fijarse) to look
    mire usted, la cosa es muy sencilla well, it's very simple
    sacó el primer premio — ¡mira tú! he won first prize — well, well! o well I never! o you're kidding! o ( BrE) get away! ( colloq)
    mire, le quería hacer una pregunta look, there's something I wanted to ask you
    no, mira, yo tampoco me lo creo no, to be honest o to tell you the truth, I don't believe it either
    mira, no me vengas ahora con excusas look, I don't want to listen to your excuses
    mira, hazlo como te dé la gana well o look, just go ahead and do it however you like!
    mira por dónde ( Esp fam): yo no quería participar y, mira por dónde, me llevé el trofeo I didn't even want to take part and yet, would you believe it? I won the trophy o and guess what? I won the trophy
    ¿no decías que era tan difícil conseguir una entrada? pues mira por dónde, no había ni cola didn't you say it was really difficult to get a ticket? well, can you believe it? there wasn't even a line ( AmE) o ( BrE) queue ( colloq)
    y mira por dónde, tenía yo razón and, you know what? I was right ( colloq)
    C (estar orientado) mirar A/ HACIA algo; to face sth
    la fachada mira al sur the front of the building faces south o is south-facing
    esa habitación mira al mar that room overlooks the sea
    el balcón mira a las montañas the balcony looks out onto the mountains
    ponte mirando hacia la ventana stand ( o sit etc) facing the window
    1 (preocuparse por) to think of
    no mira más que por sus intereses he only thinks of his own interests
    mira por ti misma, los demás que se las arreglen just worry about yourself o just think of o about yourself, and let others sort out their own problems
    2 ( Col) (cuidar) to look after
    ¿quién mira por los niños? who's looking after o taking care of the children?
    1 ( refl) to look at oneself
    se miró en el or al espejo she looked at herself in the mirror
    2 ( recípr) to look at each other
    se miraron extrañados they looked at each other in surprise
    * * *

     

    mirar ( conjugate mirar) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) (observar, contemplar) to look at;


    no me mires así don't look at me like that;
    mirar a algn a los ojos to look sb in the eye;
    se me quedó mirando he just stared at me;
    miraba distraída por la ventana he was gazing absent-mindedly out of the window;
    miraba cómo lo hacía he was watching how she did it;
    ir a mirar escaparates or (AmL) vidrieras to go window shopping
    b) ‹programa/partido/televisión› to watch

    2 ( fijarse) to look;
    ◊ ¡mira lo que has hecho! look what you've done!;

    mira bien que esté apagado make sure o check it's off;
    miré a ver si estaba listo I had a look to see if he was ready
    3 ( considerar):

    lo mires por donde lo mires whatever o whichever way you look at it;
    mirándolo bien ( pensándolo detenidamente) all things considered;

    ( pensándolo mejor) on second thoughts;

    mirar mal a algn to disapprove of sb
    4 (expresando incredulidad, irritación, etc):
    ◊ ¡mira que poner un plato de plástico en el horno …! honestly o really! imagine putting a plastic dish in the oven …! (colloq);

    ¡mira que eres tacaño! boy, you're mean! (colloq);
    ¡mira las veces que te lo habré dicho …! the times I've told you!
    verbo intransitivo
    1 ( en general) to look;

    mirar por la ventana to look out of the window;
    ¿miraste bien? did you have a good look?, did you look properly?;
    mirar atrás to look back
    2 ( estar orientado) mirar A/HACIA algo [ fachada] to face sth;
    [terraza/habitación] to look out over sth, overlook sth;
    ◊ ponte mirando hacia la ventana stand (o sit etc) facing the window

    3


    b) (Col) ( cuidar) to look after

    mirarse verbo pronominal



    mirar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 to look at: me miró con preocupación, he looked at me with concern
    mirar una palabra en el diccionario, to look up a word in the dictionary
    2 (examinar) to watch: miraba la película atentamente, she was watching the film carefully
    míralo con atención, look at it carefully
    3 (tener cuidado) mira bien con quién andas, be careful of the company you keep
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 (buscar) miraré en ese rincón, I'll have a look in that corner
    2 (cuidar) to look after sb/sthg: mira por tus intereses, she is looking after your interests
    3 (estar orientado) to face: la fachada mira al norte, the façade faces north ➣ Ver nota en ver
    ' mirar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    alrededor
    - atrás
    - dar
    - directoria I
    - directorio
    - fijamente
    - hito
    - hombro
    - lupa
    - manía
    - mirada
    - observar
    - ojo
    - trasluz
    - ver
    - vista
    - volver
    - aguaitar
    - atentamente
    - bien
    - caer
    - cerca
    - checar
    - desesperación
    - escudriñar
    - huevo
    - infinito
    - microscopio
    - mirado
    - reojo
    - soslayo
    - vacío
    - valer
    - vidriera
    English:
    about
    - around
    - at
    - browse
    - clock
    - comb
    - contemplate
    - dig around
    - disdain
    - even
    - eye
    - face
    - gape
    - gaze
    - glance
    - glance up
    - glare
    - glower
    - hard
    - intently
    - leer
    - look
    - look at
    - look back
    - look down
    - look out
    - look round
    - nose
    - peek
    - regard
    - scowl
    - sideways
    - sneak
    - space
    - square
    - squint
    - stare
    - steadily
    - steal
    - survey
    - take
    - tear away
    - view
    - watch
    - window-shopping
    - askance
    - bright
    - double
    - down
    - fine
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [dirigir la vista a] to look at;
    [detenidamente, con atención] to watch; [fijamente] to stare at;
    mirar algo de cerca/lejos to look at sth closely/from a distance;
    ¡míralos! look at them!;
    mira lo que pone en ese cartel look (at) what that sign says;
    mirar a la gente pasar to watch people go by;
    no paraba de mirarme he kept staring at me;
    pasaba horas mirando las estrellas I would spend hours gazing at the stars;
    mirar algo/a alguien con disimulo to glance furtively at sth/sb;
    mirar algo por encima to glance over sth, to have a quick look at sth;
    mirar a alguien con ira to look angrily at sb, to glare at sb;
    mirar a alguien de arriba abajo to look sb up and down;
    Fam
    ser de mírame y no me toques to be very fragile
    2. [fijarse en]
    primero mira cómo lo hago yo first, watch o see how I do it;
    mira que no falte nada en las maletas check to see nothing's missing from the suitcases;
    míralos bien y dime cuál te gusta más have a good look at them and tell me which you like best
    3. [examinar] to check, to look through;
    he mirado todo el periódico I've looked through the whole newspaper;
    miraremos tu expediente con mucha atención we'll look at your file very carefully;
    le miraron todas las maletas they searched all her luggage;
    eso te lo tiene que mirar un médico you should have that looked at by a doctor
    4. [considerar]
    mira bien lo que haces be careful about what you do;
    míralo desde este ángulo… look at it this way…;
    bien mirado…, mirándolo bien… if you think about it…;
    aunque bien mirado, podemos ir los dos on second thoughts, we could both go;
    lo mires por donde lo mires whichever way you look at it;
    mirar a alguien bien/mal to approve/disapprove of sb;
    en este país miran mucho la puntualidad punctuality is very important to people in this country;
    mirar mucho el dinero to be very careful with money
    ♦ vi
    1. [dirigir la vista] to look;
    [detenidamente, con atención] to watch; [fijamente] to stare;
    mira bien antes de cruzar look carefully before crossing the road;
    miraban por la ventana they were looking out of the window;
    ¡mira! look (at that)!;
    mira, yo creo que… look, I think (that)…;
    Esp
    mira por dónde guess what?, would you believe it?;
    también Irónico
    ¡mira qué bien! isn't that great!;
    mira que te avisé I told you so;
    ¡mira que eres pesado/tonto! you're so annoying/silly!;
    ¡mira que salir sin paraguas con la que está cayendo! fancy going out without an umbrella in this rain!;
    ¡mira si haría calor que no pude dormir! it was so hot I couldn't sleep!;
    ¡mira quién fue a hablar! look who's talking!;
    Am Fam
    mirar feo: siempre miraba feo a mis amigos she always looked down her nose at my friends
    2. [buscar] to check, to look;
    he mirado en todas partes I've looked everywhere
    3.
    mirar a [orientarse hacia] [casa, fachada] to face;
    [habitación, terraza] to look out onto;
    la mezquita mira al este the mosque faces east;
    la habitación mira al mar the room looks out onto the sea
    4.
    mirar por [cuidar de] to look after;
    mirar por los demás to look out for other people;
    sólo mira por sus intereses she only looks after her own interests
    5. Fam [averiguar, comprobar]
    mirar a ver si to see if o whether;
    mira a ver si ha llegado la carta (go and) see if the letter has arrived;
    mira a ver si tienes algo de cambio para dejarme (have a look and) see if you've got any change you could lend me
    * * *
    I v/t
    1 look at
    2 ( observar) watch;
    3 fig ( considerar) look at, consider;
    no mirar el precio not worry about the cost;
    mira bien lo que haces think carefully about what you’re doing
    4 L.Am. ( ver) see;
    ¿qué miras desde aquí? what can you see from here?
    II v/i look;
    mirar a/hacia algo face sth;
    mirar al norte de una ventana etc face north;
    mirar por look through; ( cuidar) look after;
    mirar por la ventana look out of the window;
    ¡mira! look!;
    ¡mira por dónde! would you believe it?;
    mirándolo bien thinking about it, now that I etc come to think about it
    * * *
    mirar vt
    1) : to look at
    2) observar: to watch
    3) reflexionar: to consider, to think over
    mirar vi
    1) : to look
    2) : to face, to overlook
    3)
    mirar por : to look after, to look out for
    * * *
    mirar vb
    1. (en general) to look / to look at
    2. (observar) to watch
    3. (considerar) to think about [pt. & pp. thought]
    4. (consultar) to look up

    Spanish-English dictionary > mirar

  • 19 εἰμί

    εἰμί (Hom.+) impv. ἴσθι, ἔσο IPol 4:1, ἔστω—also colloq. ἤτω (BGU 276, 24; 419, 13; POxy 533, 9; Ps 103:31; 1 Macc 10:31) 1 Cor 16:22; Js 5:12; 1 Cl 48:5; Hv 3, 3, 4;—3 pers. pl. ἔστωσαν (ins since 200 B.C. Meisterhans3-Schw. 191; PPetr III, 2, 22 [237 B.C.]) Lk 12:35; 1 Ti 3:12; GJs 7:2. Inf. εἶναι. Impf. 1 pers. only mid. ἤμην (Jos., Bell. 1, 389; 631; s. further below); ἦν only Ac 20:18 D, 2 pers. ἦσθα (Jos., Ant. 6, 104) Mt 26:69; Mk 14:67 and ἦς (Lobeck, Phryn. 149 ‘say ἦσθα’; Jos., Ant. 17, 110 al.; Sb 6262, 16 [III A.D.]) Mt 25:21, 23 al., 3 sg. ἦν, 1 pl. ἦμεν. Beside this the mid. form ἤμην (pap since III B.C.; Job 29:16; Tob 12:13 BA), s. above, gives the pl. ἤμεθα (pap since III B.C.; Bar 1:19) Mt 23:30; Ac 27:37; Eph 2:3. Both forms in succession Gal. 4:3. Fut. ἔσομαι, ptc. ἐσόμενος. The mss. vary in choice of act. or mid., but like the edd. lean toward the mid. (W-S. §14, 1; Mlt-H. 201–3; Rob. index; B-D-F §98; Rdm.2 99; 101f; Helbing 108f; Reinhold 86f). Also s. ἔνι.
    ① be, exist, be on hand a pred. use (for other pred. use s. 3a, 4, 5, 6, 7): of God (Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 123 θεοί εἰσιν; Zaleucus in Diod S 12, 20, 2 θεοὺς εἶναι; Wsd 12:13; Just., D. 128, 4 angels) ἔστιν ὁ θεός God exists Hb 11:6; cp. 1 Cor 8:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν the one who is and who was (cp. SibOr 3, 16; as amulet PMich 155, 3 [II A.D.] ὁ ὢν θεὸς ὁ Ἰάω κύριος παντοκράτωρ=the god … who exists.) Rv 11:17; 16:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, in this and the two preceding passages ἦν is treated as a ptc. (for the unusual use of ἦν cp. Simonides 74 D.: ἦν ἑκατὸν φιάλαι) 1:4; 4:8 (cp. Ex 3:14; Wsd 13:1; Paus. 10, 12, 10 Ζεὺς ἦν, Ζ. ἔστι, Ζ. ἔσσεται; cp. Theosophien 18. S. OWeinreich, ARW 19, 1919, 178f). οὐδʼ εἶναι θεὸν παντοκράτορα AcPlCor 1:11. ἐγώ εἰμι (ins in the Athena-Isis temple of Saïs in Plut., Is. et Os. 9, 354c: ἐγώ εἰμι πᾶν τὸ γεγονὸς κ. ὸ̓ν κ. ἐσόμενον. On the role of Isis in Gk. rel. s. IBergman, Ich bin Isis ’68; RMerkelbach, Isis Regina—Zeus Sarapis ’95; for further lit. s. MGustafson in: Prayer fr. Alexander to Constantine, ed. MKiley et al. ’97, 158.) Rv 1:8 (s. ἐγώ beg.). ὁ ὤν, … θεός Ro 9:5 is classed here and taken to mean Christ by JWordsworth ad loc. and HWarner, JTS 48, ’47, 203f. Of the λόγος: ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. J 1:1 (for ἦν cp. Herm. Wr. 1, 4; 3, 1b ἦν σκότος, Fgm. IX 1 p. 422, 23 Sc. γέγονεν ἡ ὕλη καὶ ἦν).—Of Christ πρὶν Ἀβραὰμ γενέσθαι, ἐγὼ εἰμί before Abraham was born, I am 8:58 (on the pres. εἰμί cp. Parmenides 8, 5: of the Eternal we cannot say ἦν οὐδʼ ἔσται, only ἔστιν; Ammonius Hermiae [Comm. in Aristotl. IV 5 ed. ABusse 1897] 6 p. 172: in Timaeus we read that we must not say of the gods τὸ ἦν ἢ τὸ ἔσται μεταβολῆς τινος ὄντα σημαντικά, μόνον δὲ τὸ ἔστι=‘was’ or ‘will be’, suggesting change, but only ‘is’; Ps 89:2; DBall, ‘I Am’ in John’s Gospel [JSNT Suppl. 124] ’96).—Of the world πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον εἶναι before the world existed 17:5. Satirically, of the beast, who parodies the Lamb, ἦν καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν Rv 17:8. Of God’s temple: ἔστιν B 16:6f it exists. τὸ μὴ ὄν that which does not exist, the unreal (Sallust. 17 p. 32, 7 and 9; Philo, Aet. M. 5; 82) Hm 1:1. τὰ ὄντα that which exists contrasted w. τὰ μὴ ὄντα Ro 4:17; cp. 1 Cor 1:28; 2 Cl 1:8. Of God κτίσας ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος τὰ ὄντα what is out of what is not Hv 1, 1, 6 (on the contrast τὰ ὄντα and τὰ μὴ ὄντα cp. Ps.-Arist. on Xenophanes: Fgm. 21, 28; Artem. 1, 51 p. 49, 19 τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα; Ocellus Luc. 12; Sallust. 17, 5 p. 30, 28–32, 12; Philo, Op. M. 81; PGM 4, 3077f ποιήσαντα τὰ πάντα ἐξ ὧν οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι; 13, 272f τὸν ἐκ μὴ ὄντων εἶναι ποιήσαντα καὶ ἐξ ὄντων μὴ εἶναι; Theoph. Ant. 1, 4 [p. 64, 21] τὰ πάντα ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι).—Of existing in the sense be present, available, provided πολλοῦ ὄχλου ὄντος since a large crowd was present Mk 8:1. ὄντων τῶν προσφερόντων those are provided who offer Hb 8:4. οὔπω ἦν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39. ἀκούσας ὄντα σιτία when he heard that grain was available Ac 7:12.—Freq. used to introduce parables and stories (once) there was: ἄνθρωπός τις ἦν πλούσιος there was (once) a rich man Lk 16:1, 19. ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τ. Φαρισαίων there was a man among the Pharisees J 3:1.—There is, there are ὥσπερ εἰσὶν θεοὶ πολλοί as there are many gods 1 Cor 8:5. διαιρέσεις χαρισμάτων εἰσίν there are various kinds of spiritual gifts 12:4ff; 1J 5:16 al. Neg. οὐκ ἔστι there is (are) not, no (Ps 52:2; Simplicius in Epict. p. 95, 42 as a quot. from ‘tragedy’ οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί) δίκαιος there is no righteous man Ro 3:10 (Eccl 7:20). ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν οὐκ ἔστιν there is no resurr. of the dead 1 Cor 15:12; οὐδʼ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν AcPlCor 1:12; 2:24; cp. Mt 22:23; Ac 23:8 (cp. 2 Macc 7:14). εἰσὶν οἵ, or οἵτινες there are people who (Hom. et al.; LXX; Just., D. 47, 2 εἰ μήτι εἰσὶν οἱ λέγοντες ὅτι etc.—W. sing. and pl. combined: Arrian, Ind. 24, 9 ἔστι δὲ οἳ διέφυγον=but there are some who escaped) Mt 16:28; 19:12; Mk 9:1; Lk 9:27; J 6:64; Ac 11:20. Neg. οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅς there is no one who Mk 9:39; 10:29; Lk 1:61; 18:29. As a question τίς ἐστιν ὅς; who is there that? Mt 12:11—In an unusual (perh. bureaucratic terminology) participial construction Ac 13:1 ἡ οὖσα ἐκκλησία the congregation there (cp. Ps.-Pla., Eryx. 6, 394c οἱ ὄντες ἄνθρωποι=the people with whom he has to deal; PLond III 1168, 5 p. 136 [18 A.D.] ἐπὶ ταῖς οὔσαις γειτνίαις=on the adjoining areas there; PGen 49; PSI 229, 11 τοῦ ὄντος μηνός of the current month); cp. 14:13.—αἱ οὖσαι (sc. ἐξουσίαι) those that exist Ro 13:1 (cp. UPZ 180a I, 4 [113 B.C.] ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν τῶν ὄντων καὶ οὐσῶν).
    ② to be in close connection (with), is, freq. in statements of identity or equation, as a copula, the equative function, uniting subject and predicate. On absence of the copula, Mlt-Turner 294–310.
    ⓐ gener. πραΰς εἰμι I am gentle Mt 11:29. ἐγώ εἰμι Γαβριήλ Lk 1:19. σὺ εἶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Mk 3:11; J 1:49 and very oft. ἵνα … ὁ πονηρὸς … ἐλεγχθῇ [το? s. app. in Bodm.] μὴ ὢν θεός AcPlCor 2:15 (Just., D. 3, 3 φιλολόγος οὖν τις εἶ σύ).—The pred. can be supplied fr. the context: καὶ ἐσμέν and we are (really God’s children) 1J 3:1 (Eur., Ion 309 τ. θεοῦ καλοῦμαι δοῦλος εἰμί τε. Dio Chrys. 14 [31], 58 θεοφιλεῖς οἱ χρηστοὶ λέγονται καὶ εἰσίν; Epict. 2, 16, 44 Ἡρακλῆς ἐπιστεύθη Διὸς υἱὸς εἶναι καὶ ἦν.—The ptc. ὤν, οὖσα, ὄν used w. a noun or adj.and serving as an if-, since-, or although-clause sim. functions as a copula πονηροὶ ὄντες Mt 7:11; 12:34.—Lk 20:36; J 3:4; 4:9; Ac 16:21; Ro 5:10; 1 Cor 8:7; Gal 2:3 al.).—W. adv. of quality: οὕτως εἶναι be so preceded by ὥσπερ, καθώς or followed by ὡς, ὥσπερ Mt 13:40; 24:27, 37, 39; Mk 4:26; Lk 17:26. W. dat. of pers. οὕτως ἔσται ὁ υἱὸς τ. ἀ. τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ so the Human One (Son of Man) will be for this generation 11:30. εἰμὶ ὡσ/ὥσπερ I am like Mt 6:5; Lk 18:11. W. dat. ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ τελώνης he shall be to you as a tax-collector Mt 18:17. εἰμὶ ὥς τις I am like someone of outward and inward similarity 28:3; Lk 6:40; 11:44; 22:27 al. καθώς εἰμι as I am Ac 22:3; 1J 3:2, 7; 4:17.—W. demonstr. pron. (Just., A I, 16, 1 ἃ ἔφη, ταῦτά ἐστι: foll. by a quotation; sim. 48, 5 ἔστι δὲ ταῦτα; and oft.) τὰ ὀνόματά ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία J 1:19. W. inf. foll. θρησκεία αὕτη ἐστίν, ἐπισκέπτεσθαι Js 1:27. W. ὅτι foll. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ κρίσις, ὅτι τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν J 3:19; cp. 21:24; 1J 1:5; 3:11; 5:11. W. ἵνα foll. τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον, ἵνα πιστεύητε J 6:29; cp. vs. 39f; 15:12; 17:3; 1J 3:11, 23; 5:3. W. τηλικοῦτος: τὰ πλοῖα, τηλικαῦτα ὄντα though they are so large Js 3:4. W. τοσοῦτος: τοσοῦτων ὄντων although there were so many J 21:11. W. τοιοῦτος: τοιοῦτος ὤν Phlm 9 (cp. Just., A I, 18, 4 ὅσα ἄλλα τοιαῦτά ἐστι).—W. interrog. pron. ὑμεῖς τίνα με λέγετε εἶναι; who do you say I am? Mt 16:15; cp. 21:10; Mk 1:24; 4:41; 8:27, 29; Lk 4:34 al.; σὺ τίς εἶ; J 1:19; 8:25; 21:12 al. (cp. JosAs 14:6 τίς εἶ συ tell me ‘who you are’). σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ κρίνων; (Pla., Gorg. 452b; Strabo 6, 2, 4 σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ τὸν Ὅμηρον ψέγων ὡς μυθογράφον;) Ro 14:4; ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην; (cp. Ex 3:11) Ac 11:17; τίς εἰμι ἐγὼ ὅτι who am I, that GJs 12:2 (Ex 3:11). W. πόσος: πόσος χρόνος ἐστίν; how long a time? Mk 9:21. W. ποταπός of what sort Lk 1:29.—W. relative pron. οἷος 2 Cor 10:11; ὁποῖος Ac 26:29; 1 Cor 3:13; Gal 2:6; ὅς Rv 1:19; ὅστις Gal 5:10, 19.—W. numerals ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 6:44 (cp. Polyaenus 7, 25 ἦσαν οἱ πεσόντες ἀνδρῶν μυριάδες δέκα); cp. Ac 19:7; 23:13. Λάζαρος εἷς ἦν ἐκ τῶν ἀνακειμένων L. was one of those at the table J 12:2; cp. Gal 3:20; Js 2:19. τῶν πιστευσάντων ἦν καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία Ac 4:32. εἷς εἶναι be one and the same Gal 3:28. ἓν εἶναι be one J 10:30; 17:11, 21ff; 1 Cor 3:8.—οὐδʼ εἶναι τὴν πλάσιν τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοῦ θεοῦ (that) the creation of humankind is not God’s doing AcPlCor 1:13.—To establish identity the formula ἐγώ εἰμι is oft. used in the gospels (corresp. to Hebr. אֲנִי הוּא Dt 32:39; Is 43:10), in such a way that the predicate must be understood fr. the context: Mt 14:27; Mk 6:50; 13:6; 14:62; Lk 22:70; J 4:26; 6:20; 8:24, 28; 13:19; 18:5f and oft.; s. on ἐγώ.—In a question μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι; surely it is not I? Mt 26:22, 25.
    ⓑ to describe a special connection betw. the subject and a predicate noun ἡμεῖς ναὸς θεοῦ ἐσμεν ζῶντος we are a temple of the living God 2 Cor 6:16. ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are our letter (of recommendation) 3:2. σφραγίς μου τῆς ἀποστολῆς ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are the seal of my apostleship 1 Cor 9:2 and oft.
    ⓒ in explanations:
    α. to show how someth. is to be understood is a representation of, is the equivalent of; εἰμί here, too, serves as copula; we usually translate mean, so in the formula τοῦτʼ ἔστιν this or that means, that is to say (Epict., Ench. 33, 10; Arrian, Tact. 29, 3; SIG 880, 50; PFlor 157, 4; PSI 298, 9; PMert 91, 9; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 16; ApcMos 19; Just., D. 56, 23; 78, 3 al.) Mk 7:2; Ac 19:4; Ro 7:18; 9:8; 10:6, 8; Phlm 12; Hb 7:5 al.; in the sense that is (when translated) (Polyaenus 8, 14, 1 Μάξιμος ἀνηγορεύθη• τοῦτο δʼ ἄν εἴη Μέγιστον) Mt 27:46; Ac 1:19. So also w. relative pron.: ὅ ἐστιν Mk 3:17; 7:11, 34; Hb 7:2. After verbs of asking, recognizing, knowing and not knowing (Antiphanes Com. 231, 1f τὸ ζῆν τί ἐστι;) μάθετε τί ἐστιν learn what (this) means Mt 9:13. εἰ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν 12:7; cp. Mk 1:27; 9:10; Lk 20:17; J 16:17f; Eph 4:9. W. an indir. question (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Ἀγύλλα: τὶς ἠρώτα τί ἂν εἴη τὸ ὄνομα) τί ἂν εἴη ταῦτα Lk 15:26; τί εἴη τοῦτο 18:36. τίνα θέλει ταῦτα εἶναι what this means Ac 17:20; cp. 2:12, where the question is not about the mng. of terms but the significance of what is happening.—Esp. in interpr. of the parables (Artem. 1, 51 p. 48, 26 ἄρουρα οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐστὶν ἢ γυνή=field means nothing else than woman) ὁ ἀγρός ἐστιν ὁ κόσμος the field means the world Mt 13:38; cp. vss. 19f, 22f; Mk 4:15f, 18, 20; Lk 8:11ff (cp. Gen 41:26f; Ezk 37:11; Ath. 22, 4 [Stoic interpr. of myths]). On τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου Mt 26:26; Mk 14:22; Lk 22:19 and its various interpretations, see lit. s.v. εὐχαριστία. Cp. Hipponax (VI B.C.) 45 Diehl αὕτη γάρ ἐστι συμφορή=this means misfortune.
    β. to be of relative significance, be of moment or importance, amount to someth. w. indef. pron. εἰδωλόθυτόν τί ἐστιν meat offered to idols means anything 1 Cor 10:19. Esp. εἰμί τι I mean someth. of pers. 1 Cor 3:7; Gal 2:6; 6:3; and of things vs. 15. εἰμί τις Ac 5:36.—Of no account ἐμοὶ εἰς ἐλάχιστόν ἐστιν (telescoped fr. ἐλάχ. ἐστιν and εἰς ἐλάχ. γίνεται, of which there are many exx. in Schmid, I 398; II 161, 237; III 281; IV 455) it is of little or no importance to me 1 Cor 4:3.
    ③ be in reference to location, persons, condition, or time, be
    ⓐ of various relations or positions involving a place or thing: w. ἀπό: εἶναι ἀπό τινος be or come from a certain place (X., An. 2, 4, 13) J 1:44.—W. ἐν: ἐν τοῖς τ. πατρός μου in my father’s house Lk 2:49 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302 καταγωγὴ ἐν τοῖς Ἀντιπάτρου). ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mk 10:32. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Mt 24:26. ἐν ἀγρῷ Lk 15:25. ἐν δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ at God’s right hand Ro 8:34; in heaven Eph 6:9.—W. εἰς: τὴν κοίτην Lk 11:7; τὸν κόλπον J1:18.—W. ἐπὶ w. gen. be on someth. of place, roof Lk 17:31; head J 20:7 (cp. 1 Macc 1:59); also fig., of one who is over someone (1 Macc 10:69; Jdth 14:13 ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων τῶν αὐτοῦ) Ro 9:5 (of the angel of death Mel., P. 20, 142 ἐπὶ τῶν πρωτοτόκων); also ἐπάνω τινός J 3:31.—W. dat. be at someth. the door Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29.—W. acc. be on someone: grace Lk 2:40; Ac 4:33; spirit (Is 61:1) Lk 2:25; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό be in the same place, together (Gen 29:2 v.l.) Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44; 1 Cor 7:5.—W. κατά w. acc. εἶναι κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν be in Judea Ac 11:1; εἶναι ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν were at Antioch in the congregation there 13:1.—W. ὑπό w. acc. τι or τινα of place be under someth. J 1:48; 1 Cor 10:1.—W. παρά w. acc. παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν by the sea- (i.e. lake-) shore Mk 5:21; Ac 10:6.—W. πρός τι be close to, facing someth. Mk 4:1.—W. adv. of place ἐγγύς τινι near someth. Ac 9:38; 27:8. μακρὰν (ἀπό) Mk 12:34; J 21:8; Eph 2:13; also πόρρω Lk 14:32. χωρίς τινος without someth. Hb 12:8. ἐνθάδε Ac 16:28. ἔσω J 20:26. ἀπέναντί τινος Ro 3:18 (Ps 35:2). ἐκτός τινος 1 Cor 6:18; ἀντίπερά τινος Lk 8:26; ὁμοῦ J 21:2; οὗ Mt 2:9; ὅπου Mk 2:4; 5:40. ὧδε Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33. Also w. fut. mng. (ESchwartz, GGN 1908, 161 n.; on the fut. use of the pres. cp. POxy 531, 22 [II A.D.] ἔστι δὲ τοῦ Τῦβι μηνὸς σοὶ ὸ̔ θέλεις) ὅπου εἰμί J 7:34, 36; 12:26; 14:3; 17:24. As pred., to denote a relatively long stay at a place, stay, reside ἴσθι ἐκεῖ stay there Mt 2:13, cp. vs. 15; ἐπʼ ἐρήμοις τόποις in lonely places Mk 1:45; ἦν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν he stayed by the lakeside 5:21.
    ⓑ involving humans or transcendent beings: w. adv. ἔμπροσθέν τινος Lk 14:2. ἔναντί τινος Ac 8:21; ἐνώπιόν τινος Lk 14:10; Ac 4:19; 1 Pt 3:4; Rv 7:15; ἐντός τινος Lk 17:21; ἐγγύς τινος J 11:18; 19:20; Ro 10:8 (Dt 30:14).—W. prep. ἐν τινί equiv. to ἔκ τινος εἶναι be among Mt 27:56; cp. Mk 15:40; Ro 1:6. Of God, who is among his people 1 Cor 14:25 (Is 45:14; Jer 14:9); of the Spirit J 14:17. Of persons under Christ’s direction: ἐν θεῷ 1J 2:5; 5:20 (s. Norden, Agn. Th. 23, 1). ἔν τινι rest upon, arise from someth. (Aristot., Pol. 7, 1, 3 [1323b, 1] ἐν ἀρετῇ; Sir 9:16) Ac 4:12; 1 Cor 2:5; Eph 5:18.—εἴς τινα be directed, inclined toward Ac 23:30; 2 Cor 7:15; 1 Pt 1:21.—κατά w. gen. be against someone (Sir 6:12) Mt 12:30; Mk 9:40 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. ὑπέρ); Gal 5:23.—σύν τινι be with someone (Jos., Ant. 7, 181) Lk 22:56; 24:44; Ac 13:7; accompany, associate w. someone Lk 8:38; Ac 4:13; 22:9; take sides with someone (X., Cyr. 5, 4, 37; 7, 5, 77; Jos., Ant. 11, 259 [of God]) Ac 14:4.—πρός τινα be with someone Mt 13:56; Mk 6:3; J 1:1f. I am to be compared w. IMg 12.—μετά and gen. be with someone (Judg 14:11) Mt 17:17; Mk 3:14; 5:18; J 3:26; 12:17; ἔστω μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰρήνη AcPlCor 2:40; of God, who is with someone (Gen 21:20; Judg 6:13 al.; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 4; Jos., Ant. 6, 181; 15, 138) Lk 1:66; J 3:2; 8:29; Ac 10:38 al.; also be with in the sense be favorable to, in league with (Ex 23:2) Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23; of punishment attending a pers. τὸ πῦρ ἐστι μετʼ αὐτοῦ AcPlCor 2:37.—παρά and gen. come from someone (X., An. 2, 4, 15; Just., D. 8, 4 ἔλεος παρὰ θεοῦ) fr. God J 6:46; 7:29; w. dat. be with, among persons Mt 22:25; Ac 10:6. W. neg. be strange to someone, there is no … in someone Ro 2:11; 9:14; Eph 6:9.—ὑπέρ w. gen. be on one’s side Mk 9:4 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. κατά); w. acc. be superior to (Sir 25:10; 30:16) Lk 6:40.
    ⓒ of condition or circumstance: κατά w. acc. live in accordance with (Sir 28:10; 43:8; 2 Macc 9:20) κατὰ σάκρα, πνεῦμα Ro 8:5. οὐκ ἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον not human (in origin) Gal 1:11.—Fig. ὑπό w. acc. be under (the power of) someth. Ro 3:9; 6:14f; Gal 3:10, 25.—W. ἐν of existing ἐν τῷ θεῷ εἶναι of humankind: have its basis of existence in God Ac 17:28. Of states of being: ἐν δόξῃ 2 Cor 3:8; ἐν εἰρήνῃ Lk 11:21; ἐν ἔχθρᾳ at enmity 23:12; ἐν κρίματι under condemnation vs. 40. ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος suffer from hemorrhages Mk 5:25; Lk 8:43 (cp. Soph., Aj. 271 ἦν ἐν τῇ νόσῳ; cp. TestJob 35:1 ἐν πληγαῖς πολλαῖς). Periphrastically for an adj. ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ authoritative Lk 4:32. ἐν βάρει important 1 Th 2:7. ἐν τῇ πίστει true believers, believing 2 Cor 13:5. Be involved in someth. ἐν ἑορτῇ be at the festival=take part in it J 2:23. ἐν τούτοις ἴσθι devote yourself to these things 1 Ti 4:15 (cp. X., Hell. 4, 8, 7 ἐν τοιούτοις ὄντες=occupied w. such things; Jos., Ant. 2, 346 ἐν ὕμνοις ἦσαν=they occupied themselves w. the singing of hymns).—Fig., live in the light 1J 2:9; cp. vs. 11; 1 Th 5:4; in the flesh Ro 7:5; 8:8; AcPlCor 1:6. ἐν οἷς εἰμι in the situation in which I find myself Phil 4:11 (X., Hell. 4, 2, 1; Diod S 12, 63, 5; 12, 66, 4; Appian, Hann. 55 §228 ἐν τούτοις ἦν=he was in this situation; Jos., Ant. 7, 232 ἐν τούτοις ἦσαν=found themselves in this sit.; TestJob 35:6 ἐν τίνι ἐστίν; s. ZPE VIII 170). ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. Of characteristics, emotions, etc. ἔν τινί ἐστιν, e.g. ἀδικία J 7:18; ἄγνοια Eph 4:18; ἀλήθεια J 8:44; 2 Cor 11:10 (cp. 1 Macc 7:18); ἁμαρτία 1J 3:5.
    ⓓ of time ἐγγύς of καιρός be near Mt 26:18; Mk 13:28. πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστίν it is toward evening Lk 24:29 (Just., D. 137, 4 πρὸς δυσμὰς … ὁ ἥλιός ἐστι).
    ④ to be alive in a period of time, live, denoting temporal existence (Hom., Trag., Thu. et al.; Sir 42:21; En 102:5 Philo, De Jos. 17; Jos., Ant. 7, 254) εἰ ἤμεθα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν if we had lived in the days of our fathers Mt 23:30. ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν because they were no more 2:18 (Jer 38:15). ἦσαν ἐπὶ χρόνον ἱκανόν (those who were healed and raised by Christ) remained alive for quite some time Qua.
    ⑤ to be the time at which someth. takes place w. indications of specific moments or occasions, be (X., Hell. 4, 5, 1, An. 4, 3, 8; Sus 13 Theod.; 1 Macc 6:49; 2 Macc 8:26; Jos., Ant. 6, 235 νουμηνία δʼ ἦν; 11, 251): ἦν ὥρα ἕκτη it was the sixth hour (=noon acc. to Jewish reckoning) Lk 23:44; J 4:6; 19:14.—Mk 15:25; J 1:39. ἦν ἑσπέρα ἤδη it was already evening Ac 4:3. πρωί̈ J 18:28. ἦν παρασκευή Mk 15:42. ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων J 5:1. σάββατόν ἐστιν vs. 10 et al. Short clauses (as Polyaenus 4, 9, 2 νὺξ ἦν; 7, 44, 2 πόλεμος ἦν; exc. 36, 8 ἦν ἀρίστου ὥρα; Jos., Ant. 19, 248 ἔτι δὲ νὺξ ἦν) χειμὼν ἦν J 10:22; ἦν δὲ νύξ (sim. Jos., Bell. 4, 64) 13:30; ψύχος it was cold 18:18; καύσων ἔσται it will be hot Lk 12:55.
    ⑥ to take place as a phenomenon or event, take place, occur, become, be, be in (Hom., Thu. et al.; LXX; En 104:5; 106:6.—Cp. Just., D. 82, 2 of Christ’s predictions ὅπερ καὶ ἔστι ‘which is in fact the case’.) ἔσται θόρυβος τοῦ λαοῦ a popular uprising Mk 14:2. γογγυσμὸς ἦν there was (much) muttering J 7:12. σχίσμα there was a division 9:16; 1 Cor 1:10; 12:25. ἔριδες … εἰσίν quarrels are going on 1:11. δεῖ αἱρέσεις εἶναι 11:19. θάνατος, πένθος, κραυγή, πόνος ἔσται Rv 21:4. ἔσονται λιμοὶ κ. σεισμοί Mt 24:7. Hence τὸ ἐσόμενον what was going to happen (Sir 48:25) Lk 22:49. πότε ταῦτα ἔσται; when will this happen? Mt 24:3. πῶς ἔσται τοῦτο; how can this be? Lk 1:34. Hebraistically (הָיָה; s. KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT, ’62, 63–65) καὶ ἔσται w. fut. of another verb foll. and it will come about that Ac 2:17 (Jo 3:1); 3:23 (w. δέ); Ro 9:26 (Hos 2:1).—W. dat. ἐστί τινι happen, be granted, come, to someone (X., An. 2, 1, 10; Jos., Ant. 11, 255; Just., D. 8, 4 σοὶ … ἔλεος ἔσται παρὰ θεοῦ) Mt 16:22; Mk 11:24; Lk 2:10; GJs 1:1; 4:3; 8:3; τί ἐστίν σοι τοῦτο, ὅτι what is the matter with you, that GJs 17:2.—Of becoming or turning into someth. become someth. εἰς χολὴν πικρίας εἶναι become bitter gall Ac 8:23. εἰς σάρκα μίαν Mt 19:5; Mk 10:8; 1 Cor 6:16; Eph 5:31 (all Gen 2:24. Cp. Syntipas p. 42, 24 οὐκ ἔτι ἔσομαι μετὰ σοῦ εἰς γυναῖκα); τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς εὐθείας Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4); εἰς πατέρα 2 Cor 6:18; Hb 1:5 (2 Km 7:14; 1 Ch 22:10; 28:6); εἰς τὸ ἕν 1J 5:8.— Serve as someth. (IPriene 50, 39 [c. II B.C.] εἶναι εἰς φυλακὴν τ. πόλεως; Aesop., Fab. 28 H.=18 P.; 26 Ch.; 18 H-H. εἰς ὠφέλειαν; Gen 9:13; s. also εἰς 4d) 1 Cor 14:22; Col 2:22; Js 5:3.—Of something being ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται it will be more tolerable τινί for someone Lk 10:12, 14.
    ⑦ to exist as possibility ἔστιν w. inf. foll. it is possible, one can (Περὶ ὕψους 6; Diog. L. 1, 110 ἔστιν εὑρεῖν=one can find; Just., A I, 59, 10 ἔστι ταῦτα ἀκοῦσαι καὶ μαθεῖν; D. 42, 3 ἰδεῖν al.; Mel., P. 19, 127); neg. οὐκ ἔστιν νῦν λέγειν it is not possible to speak at this time Hb 9:5. οὐκ ἔστιν φαγεῖν it is impossible to eat 1 Cor 11:20 (so Hom. et al.; UPZ 70, 23 [152/151 B.C.] οὐκ ἔστι ἀνακύψαι με πώποτε … ὑπὸ τῆς αἰσχύνης; 4 Macc 13:5; Wsd 5:10; Sir 14:16; 18:6; EpJer 49 al.; EpArist 163; Jos., Ant. 2, 335; Ath. 22, 3 ἔστιν εἰπεῖν).
    ⑧ to have a point of derivation or origin, be,/come from somewhere ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου from Herod’s jurisdiction Lk 23:7; ἐκ Ναζαρέτ (as an insignificant place) J 1:46; ἐκ τῆς γῆς 3:31; ἐκ γυναικός 1 Cor 11:8 al. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων be of heavenly (divine), human descent Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30; Lk 20:4. Be generated by (cp. Sb 8141, 21f [ins I B.C.] οὐδʼ ἐκ βροτοῦ ἤεν ἄνακτος, ἀλλὰ θεοῦ μεγάλου ἔκγονος; En 106:6) Mt 1:20. Esp. in Johannine usage ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου εἶναι originate from the devil J 8:44; 1J 3:8. ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 3:12; ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου J 15:19; 17:14, 16; 1J 4:5. ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας εἶναι 2:21; J 18:37 etc. Cp. 9 end.
    ⑨ to belong to someone or someth. through association or genetic affiliation, be, belong w. simple gen. (X., Hell. 2, 4, 36; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 33, 230 τῶν Πυθαγορείων) οἱ τῆς ὁδοῦ ὄντες those who belong to the Way Ac 9:2. εἰμὶ Παύλου I belong to Paul 1 Cor 1:12; 3:4; cp. Ro 8:9; 2 Cor 10:7; 1 Ti 1:20; Ac 23:6. ἡμέρας εἶναι belong to the day 1 Th 5:8, cp. vs. 5. W. ἔκ τινος 1 Cor 12:15f; Mt 26:73; Mk 14:69f; Lk 22:58 al. (cp. X., Mem. 3, 6, 17; oft LXX). ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα belong to the twelve 22:3. ὅς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν who is a fellow-countryman of yours Col 4:9.—To belong through origin 2 Cor 4:7. Of Mary: ἦν τῆς φυλῆς τοῦ Δαυίδ was of David’s line GJs 10:1. Cp. 8 above.
    ⑩ to have someth. to do with someth. or someone, be. To denote a close relationship ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἶναι rely on legal performance Gal 3:10. ὁ νόμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ πίστεως the law has nothing to do with faith vs. 12.—To denote a possessor Mt 5:3, 10; l9:14; Mk 12:7; Lk 18:16; 1 Cor 6:19. Esp. of God who owns the Christian Ac 27:23; 1 Cor 3:23; 2 Ti 2:19 (Num 16:5). οὐδʼ εἶναι τὸν κόσμον θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀγγέλων AcPlCor 1:15 (cp. Just., A II, 13, 4 ὅσα … καλῶς εἴρηται, ἡμῶν τῶν χριστιανῶν ἐστι).—W. possess. pron. ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία Lk 6:20. οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν δοῦναι Mk 10:40 (cp. Just., A I, 4, 2 ὑμέτερον ἀγωνιᾶσαί ἐστι ‘it is a matter for your concern’).—To denote function (X., An. 2, 1, 4) οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστιν it is no concern of yours Ac 1:7—Of quality παιδεία οὐ δοκεῖ χαρᾶς εἶναι discipline does not seem to be (partake of) joy Hb 12:11.—10:39.
    ⑪ as an auxiliary: very commonly the simple tense forms are replaced by the periphrasis εἶναι and the ptc. (B-D-F §352–55; Mlt. 225–27, 249; Mlt-H. 451f; Rdm.2 102, 105, 205; Kühner-G. I 38ff; Rob. 374–76, 1119f; CTurner, Marcan Usage: JTS 28, 1927 349–51; GKilpatrick, BT 7, ’56, 7f; very oft. LXX).
    ⓐ (as in Hom et al.) w. the pf. ptc. to express the pf., plpf. and fut. pf. act. and pass. (s. Mayser 329; 377) ἦσαν ἐληλυθότες they had come Lk 5:17. ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη their hearts were hardened Mk 6:52. ἠλπικότες ἐσμέν we have set our hope 1 Cor 15:19. ὁ καιρὸς συνεσταλμένος ἐστίν the time has become short 7:29. ἦν ἑστώς (En 12:3) he was standing (more exactly he took his stand) Lk 5:1.
    ⓑ w. pres. ptc. (B-D-F §353).
    α. to express the pres. ἐστὶν προσαναπληροῦσα τὰ ὑστερήματα supplies the wants 2 Cor 9:12 (Just., A I, 26, 5 Μαρκίων … καὶ νῦν ἔτι ἐστὶ διδάσκων; Mel., P. 61, 441 ἐστὶν … κηρυσσόμενον).
    β. impf. or aor. ἦν καθεύδων he was sleeping Mk 4:38. ἦσαν ἀναβαίνοντες … ἦν προάγων 10:32; cp. Lk 1:22; 5:17; 11:14 al. (JosAs 1:3 ἦν συνάγων τὸν σίτον; Mel., P. 80, 580 ἦσθα εὐφραινόμενος). ἦν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀλήθινόν … ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον the true light entered the world J 1:9, w. ἦν introducing a statement in dramatic contrast to the initial phrase of vs. 8.—To denote age (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 2 al. Jac.; POxy 275, 9 [66 A.D.] οὐδέπω ὄντα τῶν ἐτῶν; Tob 14:11) Mk 5:42; Lk 3:23; Ac 4:22; GJs 12:3.—Mussies 304–6.
    γ. fut. ἔσῃ σιωπῶν you will be silent Lk 1:20; cp. 5:10; Mt 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17, 24 al.; 2 Cl 17:7 Bihlm. (the child) shall serve him (God).
    ⓒ w. aor. ptc. as plpf. (Aelian, NA 7, 11; Hippiatr. 34, 14, vol. I p. 185, 3 ἦν σκευάσας; ISyriaW 2070b ἦν κτίσας; AcThom 16; 27 [Aa II/2 p. 123, 2f; p. 142, 10]; B-D-F §355 m.—JVogeser, Z. Sprache d. griech. Heiligenlegenden, diss. Munich 1907, 14; JWittmann, Sprachl. Untersuchungen zu Cosmas Indicopleustes, diss. Munich 1913, 20; SPsaltes, Gramm. d. byzant. Chroniken 1913, 230; Björck [διδάσκω end] 75; B-D-F §355). ἦν βληθείς had been thrown Lk 23:19; J 18:30 v.l.—GPt 6:23; 12:51. (Cp. Just., A II, 10, 2 διʼ εὑρέσεως … ἐστὶ πονηθέντα αὐτοῖς ‘they achieved through investigation’).
    ⓓ Notice esp. the impersonals δέον ἐστίν it is necessary (Pla. et al.; POxy 727, 19; Sir praef. ln. 3; 1 Macc 12:11 δέον ἐστὶν καὶ πρέπον) Ac 19:36; εἰ δέον ἐστίν if it must be 1 Pt 1:6 (s. δεῖ 2a); 1 Cl 34:2; πρέπον ἐστίν it is appropriate (Pla. et al.; POxy 120, 24; 3 Macc 7:13) Mt 3:15; 1 Cor 11:13.
    ⓔ In many cases the usage w. the ptc. serves to emphasize the duration of an action or condition (BGU 183, 25 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον ζῶσα ᾖ Σαταβούς); JosAs 2:1 ἦν … ἐξουθενοῦσα καὶ καταπτύουσα πάντα ἄνδρα). ἦν διδάσκων he customarily taught Mk 1:22; Lk 4:31; 19:47. ἦν θέλων he cherished the wish 23:8. ἦσαν νηστεύοντες they were keeping the fast Mk 2:18. ἦσαν συλλαλοῦντες they were conversing for a while 9:4. ἦν προσδεχόμενος he was waiting for (the kgdm.) 15:43. ἦν συγκύπτουσα she was bent over Lk 13:11.
    ⓕ to emphasize the adjectival idea inherent in the ptc. rather than the concept of action expressed by the finite verb ζῶν εἰμι I am alive Rv 1:18. ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος he was obedient Lk 2:51. ἦν ἔχων κτήματα πολλά he was very rich Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22. ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων you shall have authority Lk 19:17 (Lucian, Tim. 35 ἴσθι εὐδαιμονῶν). ἦν καταλλάσσων (God) was reconciling 2 Cor 5:19 (cp. Mel., P. 83, 622 οὗτος ἦν ὁ ἐκλεξάμενός σε; Ath. 15, 2 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ … καρπούμενος).—LMcGaughy, Toward a Descriptive Analysis of ΕΙΝΑΙ as a Linking Verb in the Gk. NT, diss. Vanderbilt, ’70 (s. esp. critique of treatment of εἰμί in previous edd. of this lexicon pp. 12–15).—Mlt. 228. B. 635. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > εἰμί

  • 20 sum

    1.
    sum, fui, esse (2d pers. es, but usu. es in Plaut and Ter; old forms, indic. pres. esum for sum, acc. to Varr. L. L. 9, § 100 Mull.: essis for es, Att. ap. Non. 200, 30, or Trag. Rel. p. 283 Rib.: simus for sumus, used by Augustus, acc. to Suet. Aug. 87; fut. escit for erit, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1, 25:

    esit, XII. Tab. ap. Fest. s. v. nec, p. 162 Mull.: escunt for erunt,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 24, 60, 3, 3, 9; Lucr. 1, 619; perf. fuvimus for fuimus, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 42, 168:

    FVVEIT, C. I. L. 1, 1051: fuit,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 23; id. Mil. 3, 1, 159:

    fuerim,

    id. ib. 4, 8, 54:

    fuerit,

    id. As. 4, 1, 37; subj. pres. siem, sies, siet, etc., very freq., esp. in Plaut.; e. g. siem, Am. prol. 57; Ter. And. 3, 4, 7:

    sies,

    Plaut. Am. 3, 2, 43; Ter. And. 2, 5, 13:

    siet,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 58; Ter. And. 1, 4, 7; Lucr. 3, 101:

    sient,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 54; Ter. And. 2, 3, 16; cf. Cic. Or. 47, 157; also,

    fuam, fuas, etc., regarded by G. Curtius, de Aorist. Lat. Rel. in Studien zur Gr. u. Lat. Gram. 1, 431 sqq., as an aorist: fuam,

    Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 48; id. Mil. 2, 6, 112: fuas, Liv. Andron. ap. Non 111, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 71; 2, 3, 83; id. Pers. 1, 1, 52; id. Trin. 2, 1, 32: fuat, Pac. ap. Non. 111, 8; Carm. ap. Liv. 25, 12; Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 2; id. Aul. 2, 2, 56; id. Capt. 2, 2, 10 et saep.; Ter. Hec. 4, 3, 4; Lucr. 4, 639; Verg. A. 10, 108:

    fuant,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 110; id. Ep. 5, 1, 13; id. Ps. 4, 3, 12: fuvisset, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4, 4; part. pres. ens, used by Caesar, acc. to Prisc. p. 1140 P.; and by Sergius Flavius, acc. to Quint. 8, 3, 33; fut. inf. fore for futurum esse, very freq., and so always with partt.; cf. Madv. Gram. § 108; whence, subj. imperf. forem fores, etc., for essem; esp. in conditional sentences and in the histt., but very rare in Cic.; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 597 sqq.), v. n. [root es; Sanscr. as-mi, and the Greek es-mi, whence eimi; perf. fui; root in Sanscr. bhu, to become; bhavas, condition; Gr. phuô, to beget; cf.: fetus, futuo, etc.], to be, as a verb substantive or a copula.
    I.
    As a verb substantive, to be.
    A.
    In gen.
    1.
    Asserting existence, to be, exist, live:

    definitionum duo sunt genera prima: unum earum rerum quae sunt: alterum earum quae intelleguntur. Esse ea dico, quae cerni tangive possunt, ut fundum, aedes, parietem, cetera. Non esse rursus ea dico, quae tangi demonstrarive non possunt, cerni tamen animo atque intellegi possunt, ut si usucapionem, si tutelam, etc.... definias,

    Cic. Top. 5, 26 sq.:

    si abest, nullus est,

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 16:

    nunc illut est, quom me fuisse quam esse nimio mavelim,

    id. Capt. 3, 3, 1:

    ita paene nulla sibi fuit Phronesium ( = paene mortuus est),

    id. Truc. 1, 2, 95:

    omne quod eloquimur sic, ut id aut esse dicamus aut non esse,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 38, 157:

    non statim, quod esse manifestum est, etiam quid sit apparet,

    Quint. 3, 6, 81: est locus, Hesperiam quam mortales perhibebant, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 23 Vahl.):

    flumen est Arar, quod, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 12:

    homo nequissimus omnium qui sunt, qui fuerunt, qui futuri sunt!

    Cic. Fam. 11, 21, 1; cf. id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 15, § 43:

    si quos inter societas aut est aut fuit aut futura est,

    id. Lael. 22, 83:

    nec enim, dum ero, angar ulla re, cum omni vacem culpa: et, si non ero, sensu omnino carebo,

    id. Fam. 6, 3, 4:

    si modo futuri sumus, erit mihi res opportuna,

    id. Att. 11, 4, 1:

    si quando erit civitas, erit profecto nobis locus: sin autem non erit, etc.,

    id. Fam. 2, 16, 6:

    nolite arbitrari, me cum a vobis discessero, nusquam aut nullum fore,

    id. Sen. 22, 79:

    si erit ulla res publica... sin autem nulla erit,

    id. Fam. 2, 16, 5:

    fuimus Troes, fuit Ilium,

    Verg. A. 2, 325:

    sive erimus seu nos fata fuisse volunt,

    Tib. 3, 5, 32: per quinquennia decem fuimus, Prud. Cath. praef. 2.—
    2.
    Of events, to be, happen, occur, befall, take place:

    illa (solis defectio) quae fuit regnante Romulo,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 16, 25:

    neque enim est periculum, ne, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 23, 37:

    amabo, quid tibi est?

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 24:

    quid se futurum esset,

    Liv. 33, 27. —
    3.
    Of location, to be present, to be at a place.
    (α).
    With adv., or other expressions of place:

    cum non liceret quemquam Romae esse, qui, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 41, § 100:

    cum Athenis decem ipsos dies fuissem,

    id. Fam. 2, 8, 3; id. de Or. 2, 7, 27:

    cum Africanus constituisset in hortis esse,

    id. Rep. 1, 9, 14:

    cum essemus in castris,

    id. ib. 1, 15:

    nonne mavis sine periculo tuae domi esse quam cum periculo alienae?

    id. Fam. 4, 7, 4:

    vos istic commodissime sperem esse,

    id. ib. 14, 7, 2: te hic tutissime puto fore, Pompon. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 11, A.—
    (β).
    Of passages in a book or writing, with in and abl., to be, stand, be written, etc.:

    deinceps in lege est, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 16, 40:

    quid enim in illis (litteris) fuit praeter querelam temporum,

    id. Fam. 2, 16, 1.—
    (γ).
    Of personal relations, with ad or apud and acc., or cum and abl. of person:

    cum esset (Sulpicius Gallus) casu apud M. Marcellum,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 14, 21:

    eram cum Stoico Diodoto: qui cum habitavisset apud me mecumque vixisset, etc.,

    id. Brut. 90, 309:

    erat nemo, quicum essem libentius quam tecum et pauci, quibuscum essem aeque libenter,

    id. Fam. 5, 21, 1:

    qui me admodum diligunt multumque mecum sunt,

    id. ib. 4, 13, 6; cf. with simul:

    Smyrnae cum simul essemus complures dies,

    id. Rep. 1, 8, 13.—Hence, esp.: esse cum aliquo (aliqua), to be with, i. e. live with, associate with, as husband or wife:

    cujus soror est cum P. Quintio,

    Cic. Quint. 24, 77:

    ea nocte mecum illa hospitis jussu fuit,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 101; Ov. A. A. 3, 664:

    cum hac (meretrice) si qui adulescens forte fuerit,

    Cic. Cael. 20, 49; Ov. Am. 2, 8, 27: tum ad me fuerunt, qui, etc., Varr. ap. Non. 133, 28:

    Curio fuit ad me sane diu,

    Cic. Att. 10, 4, 8:

    cum ad me bene mane Dionysius fuit,

    id. ib. 10, 16, 1; cf.:

    esse sub uno tecto atque ad eosdem Penates,

    Liv. 28, 18.—
    4.
    Of relations analogous to place, of dress, condition, position, office, etc., to be, live, be found, etc., with in and abl.:

    cum est in sagis civitas,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 11, 32:

    in laxa toga,

    Tib. 2, 3, 78: sive erit in Tyriis, Tyrios laudabis amictus;

    Sive erit in Cois, Coa decere puta,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 297: hominem non modo in aere alieno nullo, sed in suis nummis multis esse et semper fuisse, Cic. Verr [p. 1798] 2, 4, 6, §

    11: in servitute,

    id. Clu. 7, 21:

    in illa opinione populari,

    id. ib. 51, 142:

    in magno nomine et gloria,

    id. Div. 1, 17, 31:

    in spe,

    id. Fam. 14, 3, 2:

    in tanta moestitia,

    id. Phil. 2, 15, 37:

    in odio,

    id. Att. 2, 22, 1:

    in probris, in laudibus,

    id. Off. 1, 18, 61:

    in officio,

    id. ib. 1, 15, 49:

    in injustitia,

    id. ib. 1, 14, 42:

    in vitio,

    id. ib. 1, 19, 62; id. Tusc. 3, 9, 19:

    ne in mora quom opus sit, sies,

    Ter. And. 2, 5, 13:

    ne in mora illi sis,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 9:

    hic in noxia'st,

    id. Phorm. 2, 1, 36:

    quae (civitas) una in amore atque in deliciis fuit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 3:

    in ingenti periculo,

    Liv. 5, 47:

    in pace,

    id. 31, 29.—So with abl. without in, when qualified by an adj.:

    (statua) est et fuit tota Graecia summo propter ingenium honore et nomine,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 35, § 87:

    si quis asperitate ea est et inmanitate naturae,

    id. Lael. 23, 87:

    ne quo periculo proprio existimares esse,

    id. Fam. 4, 15, 2 (B. and K. ex conj.:

    in periculo): ego sum spe bona,

    id. ib. 12, 28, 3:

    res nunc difficili loco mihi videtur esse,

    id. ib. 12, 28, 3:

    incredibili sum sollicitudine de tua valetudine,

    id. ib. 16, 15, 1; esp. in phrase periculo alicujus esse, to be at the risk of any one:

    rem illam suo periculo esse,

    id. Att. 6, 1, 6:

    ut quae in naves inposuissent, ab hostium tempestatisque vi publico periculo essent,

    Liv. 23, 49, 2 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    dare nummos meo periculo,

    Dig. 46, 1, 24:

    communi periculo,

    ib. 13, 6, 21, § 1 (cf. II. B. 1. b. infra).—
    5.
    To depend upon, rest with, with in and abl.:

    res erat non in opinione dubia,

    Cic. Dom. 5, 11:

    sed totum est in eo, si, etc.,

    id. Att. 2, 22, 5:

    omnem reliquam spem in impetu esse equitum,

    Liv. 10, 14, 12:

    quoniam totum in eo sit, ne contrectentur pocula,

    Col. 12, 4, 3. —
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Esse (est, sunt, etc.) often stands without a subject expressed, or with an indef. subj., as antecedent of a rel.-clause, whose verb may be in the indic. or subj.; the former only when the subject is conceived as particular or limited, and actually existing; the latter always when it is conceived as indefinite; cf. Zumpt, Gram. § 562 sq.; Roby, Gram. § 1686 sq.; Madv. Gram. § 365; but the distinctions usually drawn by grammarians are not always observed by the best writers; and the subjunctive is always admissible, being the prevailing construction after sunt qui in class. prose, and nearly universal in postAug. writers: sunt, qui (quae), there are those ( people or things) who ( that), or simply some.
    a.
    With indic.
    (α).
    Without subject expressed:

    mulier mane: sunt Qui volunt te conventam,

    Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 37:

    sunt hic quos credo inter se dicere,

    id. Cas. prol. 67:

    sunt quae te volumus percontari,

    id. Ps. 1, 5, 47:

    quid est, quod tu gestas tabellas?

    id. ib. 1, 1, 10:

    quid est, quod tu me nunc optuere?

    id. Most. 1, 1, 69; cf.:

    quid hoc est, quod foris concrepuit?

    id. ib. 5, 1, 15:

    tun' is es, Qui in me aerumnam obsevisti?

    id. Ep. 4, 1, 34:

    quid est, quod tuo animo aegre est?

    id. Cas. 2, 2, 9; id. Cist. 4, 1, 3:

    at ego est quod volo loqui,

    id. As. 1, 3, 79:

    est quod te volo secreto,

    id. Bacch. 5, 2, 30:

    sunt quos scio amicos esse, sunt quos suspicor,

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 54:

    ita subitum'st, quod eum conventum volo,

    id. ib. 5, 2, 51:

    sunt quae ego ex te scitari volo,

    id. Capt. 2, 2, 13:

    sed est quod suscenset tibi,

    Ter. And. 2, 6, 17:

    est quod me transire oportet,

    id. Hec. 2, 2, 31:

    quid sit quapropter te jussi, etc.,

    id. ib. 5, 1, 7:

    sunt item quae appellantur alces,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 27 init.:

    (nationes) ex quibus sunt qui ovis vivere existimantur,

    id. ib. 4, 10 fin.:

    sunt qui putant posse te non decedere,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 25:

    sunt autem, qui putant non numquam complexione oportere supersederi,

    id. Inv. 1, 40, 72:

    quamquam sunt, qui propter utilitatem modo petendas putant amicitias,

    id. ib. 2, 55, 167:

    sunt autem quae praeterii,

    id. Att. 10, 4, 11:

    sunt, qui abducunt a malis ad bona, ut Epicurus. Sunt, qui satis putant ostendere, nihil inopinati accidisse... Sunt etiam qui haec omnia genera consolandi colligunt,

    id. Tusc. 3, 31, 76 Kuhn. N. cr.:

    sunt, qui, quod sentiunt, non audent dicere,

    id. Off. 1, 24, 84:

    Argiletum sunt qui scripserunt ab Argola, etc.,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 157 Mull.:

    sunt qui ita dicunt,

    Sall. C. 19, 4:

    sunt qui spiritum non recipiunt sed resorbent,

    Quint. 11, 3, 55:

    sunt, quos curriculo pulverem Olympicum Collegisse juvat,

    Hor. C. 1, 1, 3; cf. id. S. 1, 4, 24: sunt quibus unum opus est, etc., id. C. 1, 7, 5:

    sunt quibus in satira videor nimis acer,

    id. S. 2, 1, 1:

    sunt quorum ingenium nova tantum crustula promit,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 47.—
    (β).
    With a subject expressed by an indefinite word or clause:

    sunt alii qui te volturium vocant,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 64:

    est genus hominum qui se primos omnium esse volunt,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 17:

    multae sunt causae, quam ob rem cupio abducere,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 65 Fleck. (Ussing, cupiam):

    erat quidam eunuchus, quem mercatus fuerat,

    id. ib. 3, 5, 21:

    multaeque res sunt in quibus de suis commodis viri boni multa detrahunt,

    Cic. Lael. 16, 57:

    sunt ejus aliquot orationes, ex quibus lenitas ejus perspici potest,

    id. Brut. 48, 177:

    fuerunt alia genera philosophorum, qui se omnes Socraticos esse dicebant,

    id. de Or. 3, 17, 62:

    nonnulli sunt, qui aluerunt, etc.,

    id. Cat. 1, 12, 301:

    sunt quidam, qui molestas amicitias faciunt, cum ipsi se contemni putant,

    id. Lael. 20, 72:

    sunt vestrum, judices, aliquam multi, qui L. Pisonem cognoverunt,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 56:

    multae et pecudes et stirpes sunt, quae sine procuratione hominum salvae esse non possunt,

    id. N. D. 2, 52, 130:

    sunt bestiae quaedam, in quibus inest aliquid simile virtutis, etc.,

    id. Fin. 5, 14, 38:

    permulta sunt, quae dici possunt, quare intellegatur, etc.,

    id. Rosc. Am. 33, 94; cf. id. Div. in Caecil. 7, 22; id. Off. 1, 14, 43; 1, 20, 69; id. Div. 1, 54, 123:

    fuere complures, qui ad Catilinam initio profecti sunt,

    Sall. C. 39, 5: haec sunt, quae clamores et admirationes in bonis oratoribus efficiunt. Cic. de Or. 1, 33, 152:

    alia fuere, quae illos magnos fecere,

    Sall. C. 52, 21.—
    b.
    With. subj.: sunt, qui discessum animi a corpore putent esse mortem;

    sunt qui nullum censeant fieri discessum,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 18:

    sunt qui in rebus contrariis parum sibi constent,

    id. Off. 1, 21, 71:

    de impudentia singulari sunt qui mirentur,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 2, § 6:

    est eisdem de rebus quod dici potest subtilius,

    id. Tusc. 3, 15, 32:

    praesto est qui neget rem ullam percipi esse sensibus,

    id. Ac. 2, 32, 101:

    quicquid est quod deceat, id, etc.,

    id. Off. 1, 27, 94:

    sunt qui nolint tetigisse nisi illas, etc.,

    Hor. S. 1, 2, 28:

    sunt qui Crustis et pomis viduas venentur avaras,

    id. Ep. 1, 1, 78:

    vestes Gaetulo murice tinctas Sunt qui non habeant, est qui non curet habere,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 182 et saep.—
    (β).
    With a more or less indefinite expression of the subject:

    sunt quidam e nostris, qui haec subtilius velint tradere et negent satis esse, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 31:

    rarum est quoddam genus eorum, qui se a corpore avocent,

    id. Div. 1, 49, 111:

    quotus igitur est quisque qui somniis pareat?

    id. ib. 2, 60, 125; id. de Or. 2, 50, 196:

    solus est hic, qui numquam rationes ad aerarium referat,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 38, § 98:

    quae quibusdam admirabilia videntur, permulti sunt, qui pro nihilo putent,

    id. Lael. 23, 86:

    erat nemo in quem ea suspicio conveniret,

    id. Rosc. Am. 23, 65, cf.:

    quis enim miles fuit, qui Brundisii illam non viderit? quis, qui nescierit, etc.,

    id. Phil. 2, 25, 61:

    sit aliquis, qui nihil mali habeat,

    id. Tusc. 1, 35, 85:

    sunt nonnullae disciplinae, quae officium omne pervertant,

    id. Off. 1, 2, 5:

    est quaedam animi sanitas quae in insipientem quoque cadat,

    id. Tusc. 4, 13, 30:

    Syracusis lex est de religione, quae jubeat,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 51, § 126:

    unus est qui curet constantia magis quam consilio,

    id. Att. 1, 18, 7:

    si est una ex omnibus quae sese moveat,

    id. Rep. 6, 26, 28:

    multi sunt, qui non acerbum judicent vivere, sed supervacuum,

    Sen. Ep. 24, 26:

    erant sententiae quae castra Vari oppugnanda censerent,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 30:

    fuere cives qui seque remque publicam obstinatis animis perditum irent,

    Sall. C. 36, 4:

    sunt verba et voces, quibus hunc lenire dolorem Possis,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 34:

    sunt delicta tamen, quibus ignovisse velimus,

    id. A. P. 347.—
    * c.
    Poet.: est, quibus (acc. to the Gr. estin hois):

    est quibus Eleae concurrit palma quadrigae: est quibus in celeres gloria nata pedes,

    Prop. 3, 9 (4, 8), 17.—
    2.
    With dat., to belong or pertain to; or, rendering the dative as the subject of the verb, to have ( possess, = the Fr. etre a used of property, and of permanent conditions or characteristics, not of temporary states, feelings, etc.; cf. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 417 sq.): aliquid reperiret, fingeret fallacias, Unde esset adulescenti, amicae quod daret, Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 23:

    nomen Mercurio'st mihi, Plaut Am. prol. 19: nisi jam tum esset honos elo quentiae,

    Cic. Brut. 10, 40:

    est igitur homini cum deo similitudo,

    id. Leg. 1, 8, 25:

    familiaritas, quae mihi cum eo est,

    id. Att. 8. 3, 2:

    privatus illis census erat brevis,

    Hor. C. 2, 15, 13; cf.:

    Trojae et huic loco nomen est,

    Liv. 1, 1, 5:

    Hecyra est huic nomen fabulae,

    Ter. Hec. prol. 1:

    cui saltationi Titius nomen esset,

    Cic. Brut. 62, 225:

    cui (fonti) nomen Arethusa est,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 118:

    Scipio, cui post Africano fuit cognomen,

    Liv. 25, 2, 6.—With ellips. of dat. ( poet.):

    nec rubor est emisse palam (sc. ei),

    nor is she ashamed, Ov. A. A. 3, 167:

    neque testimonii dictio est (sc. servo),

    has no right to be a witness, Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 63.—
    b.
    Esse alicui cum aliquo, to have to do with, to be connected with a person:

    tecum nihil rei nobis, Demipho, est,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 74:

    sibi cum illa mima posthac nihil futurum,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 31, 77:

    jussit bona proscribi ejus, quicum familiaritas fuerat, societas erat,

    id. Quint. 6, 25:

    si mihi tecum minus esset, quam est cum tuis omnibus,

    id. Fam. 15, 10, 2.—
    3.
    Esse with certain prepp. and their cases (cf. also I. A. 2. 3. 4. supra).
    (α).
    Esse ab aliquo, to be of a person, to be the servant, disciple, adherent, partisan, etc., of:

    es ne tu an non es ab illo milite e Macedonia?

    do you belong to? Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 21:

    ab Andria est ancilla haec,

    Ter. And. 3, 1, 3; 4, 4, 17:

    erat enim ab isto Aristotele,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 38, 160:

    sed vide ne hoc, Scaevola, totum sit a me,

    makes for me, id. de Or 1, 13, 55 (cf. ab, I. B. 3., II. B. 2. o.). —
    (β).
    Esse pro aliquo, to be in favor of, make for:

    (judicia) partim nihil contra Habitum valere, partim etiam pro hoc esse,

    Cic. Clu. 32, 88.—
    (γ).
    Esse ex aliqua re, to consist of, be made up of:

    (creticus) qui est ex longa et brevi et longa,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183; cf.:

    duo extremi chorei sunt, id est, e singulis longis et brevibus,

    id. Or. 63, 212:

    etsi temeritas ex tribus brevibus et longa est,

    id. ib. 63, 214; 64, 215 (v. also 6. infra). —
    4.
    Euphem., in perf. tempp., of one who has died or a thing that has perished, to be no more, to be gone, departed, dead ( poet.):

    horresco misera, mentio quoties fit partionis: Ita paene tibi fuit Phronesium,

    i. e. had almost died, Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 92:

    nunc illud est, cum me fuisse quam esse nimio mavelim,

    id. Capt. 3, 3, 1:

    sive erimus, seu nos fata fuisse velint,

    Tib. 3, 5, 32:

    fuimus Troes, fuit Ilium et ingens Gloria Teucrorum,

    Verg. A. 2, 325:

    certus in hospitibus non est amor: errat ut ipsi, Cumque nihil speres firmius esse, fuit,

    Ov. H. 16, (17), 192.—
    5.
    Pregn., to be real or a fact, to be the case; so esp.: est, esto, it is even so, be it so, such is or let such be the case, granted, well, etc.:

    quid tibi vis dicam, nisi quod est?

    Plaut. Ep. 1, 1, 17:

    sunt ista, Laeli,

    Cic. Lael. 2, 6:

    ista esse credere,

    id. Tusc. 1, 6, 10: est vero, inquit, Africane, id. Fragm. ap. Lact. 1, 18:

    est ut dicis, inquam,

    id. Fin. 3, 5, 19:

    sit quidem ut sex milia seminum intereant,

    Col. 3, 3, 13:

    esto: ipse nihil est, nihil potest,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 15, 47; cf.:

    verum esto,

    id. Fin. 2, 23, 75:

    esto,

    Verg. A. 7, 313; 10, 67; Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 81; 1, 17, 37 al.—Hence,
    b.
    The connections est ut, ubi, cum, quod, or with a subject-clause, it happens or chances that, it is the case that, there is cause or reason why, there is a time when, it is allowed or permissible that, one may, etc.
    (α).
    Est ut, it is the case or fact, that, etc.:

    sin est, ut velis Manere illam apud te, dos hic maneat,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 7 (8), 32:

    si est, ut dicat velle se, Redde,

    id. Hec. 4, 1, 43:

    si est, culpam ut Antipho in se admiserit,

    id. Phorm. 2, 1, 40:

    est, ut id maxime deceat,

    Cic. Or. 59, 199:

    quando fuit, ut, quod licet, non liceret?

    id. Cael. 20, 48:

    non est igitur, ut mirandum sit, ea praesentiri, etc.,

    id. Div 1, 56, 128:

    non erat, ut fieri posset, mirarier umquam,

    Lucr. 5, 979:

    futurum esse ut omnes pellerentur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31:

    non est, ut copia major Ab Jove donari possit tibi,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 12, 2:

    est ut viro vir latius ordinet Arbusta sulcis,

    id. C. 3, 1, 9; Dig. 38, 7, 2.—Cf. esse after a neg., with quin:

    numquam est enim, quin aliquid memoriae tradere velimus,

    Auct. Her. 3, 24, 40.—Also, est ut, there is reason, that, etc.:

    magis est ut ipse moleste ferat errasse se, quam ut, etc.,

    Cic. Cael. 6, 14 fin.: ille erat ut odisset primum defensorem salutis meae, he had good reason for hating [p. 1799] id. Mil. 13, 35; cf.:

    quid erat cur Milo optaret,

    id. ib. 13, 34:

    neque est ut putemus ignorari ea ab animalibus,

    Plin. 18, 1, 1, § 3. —
    (β).
    Est ubi, sometime or another, sometimes:

    erit, ubi te ulciscar, si vivo,

    Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 26:

    est, ubi id isto modo valeat,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 8, 23.—
    (γ).
    Est cum, sometimes:

    est cum non est satius, si, etc.,

    Auct. Her. 4, 26, 36.—
    (δ).
    Est quod, there is reason to, I have occasion:

    est quod visam domum,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 26:

    etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi quam quod te rogem,

    I have more reason to, Cic. Att. 16, 5, 2:

    est quod referam ad consilium: sin, etc.,

    Liv. 30, 31, 9:

    quod timeas non est,

    Ov. H. 19, 159:

    nil est illic quod moremur diutius,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 6:

    non est quod multa loquamur,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 30.—Cf. with cur:

    non est cur eorum spes infragatur,

    Cic. Or. 2, 6:

    nihil est cur,

    id. Fam. 6, 20, 1.—
    (ε).
    Est, sit, etc., with infin. in Gr. constr., it is possible, is allowed, permitted, one may, etc. (mostly poet. and post-class.):

    est quadam prodire tenus, si non datur ultra,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 32:

    Cato, R. R. prooem. § 1: scire est liberum Ingenium atque animum,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 42:

    nec non et Tityon terrae omniparentis alumnum Cernere erat,

    Verg. A. 6, 596; 8, 676; Sil. 2, 413:

    neque est te fallere quicquam,

    Verg. G. 4, 447:

    unde Plus haurire est,

    Hor. S. 1, 2, 79:

    est Gaudia prodentem vultum celare,

    id. ib. 2, 5, 103:

    quod versu dicere non est,

    id. ib. 1, 5, 87:

    quod tangere non est,

    Ov. M. 3, 478:

    quae verbo objecta, verbo negare sit,

    Liv. 42, 41, 2 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    ut conjectare erat intentione vultus,

    Tac. A. 16, 34:

    est videre argentea vasa,

    id. G. 5; Val. Max. 2, 6, 8; v. Zumpt, Gram. § 227.— With dat.:

    ne tibi sit frigida saxa adire,

    Prop. 1, 20, 13; Tib. 1, 6, 24 (32):

    tu procul a patria (nec sit mihi credere tantum!) Alpinas nives Me sine vides,

    Verg. E. 10, 46:

    fuerit mihi eguisse aliquando amicitiae tuae,

    Sall. J. 110, 3; Dig. 46, 3, 72, § 4.—
    (ζ).
    In eo ease ut, etc., to be in a condition to reach the point that, to be possible, etc., to be about to, on the point of, etc. ( impers. or with res, etc., as subj.):

    cum jam in eo esset, ut in muros evaderet miles,

    Liv. 2, 17, 5:

    si viderent in eo jam esse ut urbs caperetur,

    id. 28, 22, 8:

    jamque in eo rem fore, ut Romani aut hostes aut domini habendi sint,

    id. 8, 27, 3:

    cum res non in eo essent ut, etc.,

    id. 33, 41, 9:

    non in eo esse Carthaginiensium res, ut, etc.,

    id. 30, 19, 3; 34, 41. —With person. subj. (late Lat.):

    cum ab Ulixe adducta Iphigenia in eo esset, ut immolaretur,

    Hyg. Fab. 261. —
    6.
    Like the Engl. to be, for to come, fall, reach, to have arrived, etc. (hence also with in and acc.):

    ecquid in mentem est tibi, Patrem tibi esse?

    Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 54:

    nam numero mi in mentem fuit,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 26:

    ex eo tempore res esse in vadimonium coepit,

    Cic. Quint. 5, 22:

    portus in praedonum fuisse potestatem sciatis,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33:

    ut certior fieret, quo die in Tusculanum essem futurus,

    id. Att. 15, 4, 2:

    qui neque in provinciam cum imperio fuerunt,

    id. Fam. 8, 8, 8:

    quae ne in potestatem quidem populi Romani esset,

    Liv. 2, 14, 4:

    nec prius militibus in conspectum fuisse,

    Suet. Aug. 16:

    esse in amicitiam populi Romani dicionemque,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 20, 66; cf.:

    in eorum potestatem portum futurum,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 38, § 98; v. Gell. 1, 7, 16 sq.; Zumpt, Gram. § 316.—
    7.
    Of time, to pass, elapse (rare but class.):

    diem scito nullum esse, quo, etc.,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 3, 1.
    II.
    As a copula, to be any thing or in any manner.
    A.
    In gen.
    1.
    With an adj., subst., or pron.:

    et praeclara res est et sumus otiosi,

    Cic. Lael. 5, 17:

    quod in homine multo est evidentius,

    id. ib. 8, 27:

    sperare videor Scipionis et Laelii amicitiam notam posteritati fore,

    id. ib. 4, 15:

    non sum ita hebes, ut istud dicam,

    id. Tusc. 1, 6, 12:

    cum, ignorante rege, uter esset Orestes, Pylades Orestem se esse diceret, Orestes autem ita ut erat, Orestem se esse perseveraret,

    id. Lael. 7, 24:

    consul autem esse qui potui? etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 6, 10:

    nos numerus sumus et fruges consumere nati,

    are a mere number, Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 27:

    pars non minima triumphi est victimae praecedentes,

    Liv. 45, 49:

    nobile erit Romae pascua vestra forum,

    Prop. 4 (5), 9, 20:

    sanguis erant lacrimae,

    Luc. 9, 811:

    ego tu sum, tu es ego: unanimi sumus,

    Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 49:

    tuos sum,

    id. Bacch. 1, 1, 60: domus non ea est, quam parietes nostri cingunt, Cic. Rep. 1, 13, 19:

    is enim fueram, cui, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 4, 7.—
    2.
    Less freq. with adv. (esp. in colloq. language): Am. Satin' tu sanus es? Sos. Sic sum ut vides, Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 57:

    sic, inquit, est,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 60:

    est, inquit, ut dicis,

    id. ib. 1, 40, 63:

    quod ita cum sit,

    id. ib. 1, 45, 69:

    quia sunt haud procul ab hujus aetatis memoria,

    id. ib. 1, 1, 1 B. and K.:

    nec vero habere virtutem satis est,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 2: frustra id inceptum Volscis fuit. Liv. 2, 25:

    dato qui bene sit: ego, ubi bene sit, tibi locum lepidum dabo,

    Plaut. Bacch. 1, 1, 51:

    apud matrem recte est,

    Cic. Att. 1, 7:

    cum in convivio comiter et jucunde fuisses,

    id. Deiot. 7, 19:

    omnes hanc quaestionem haud remissius sperant futuram,

    id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11:

    dicta impune erant,

    Tac. A. 1, 72.—Esp.: facile alicubi (in aliqua re) esse, with pleasure, glad to be:

    quod in maritimis facillime sum,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 16, 2:

    locum habeo nullum ubi facilius esse possum,

    id. Att. 13, 26, 2 (on esse with an adverb, v. Haase ap. Reisig, Vorles. p. 394; cf. also bene under bonus fin.).—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    With gen. part., to be of, belong to a class, party, etc.:

    in republica ita est versatus, ut semper optimarum partium et esset et existimaretur,

    Nep. Att. 6, 1:

    qui ejusdem civitatis fuit,

    id. Them. 9, 1:

    qui Romanae partis erant, urbe excesserunt,

    Liv. 35, 51, 7: ut aut amicorum aut inimicorum Campani simus;

    si defenditis, vestri, si deseritis, Samnitium erimus,

    id. 7, 30, 9 sq. —
    2.
    With gen. or abl. denoting quality.
    (α).
    With gen.:

    nimium me timidum, nullius animi, nullius consilii fuisse confiteor,

    Cic. Sest. 16, 36:

    disputatio non mediocris contentionis est,

    id. de Or. 1, 60, 257:

    magni judicii, summae etiam facultatis esse debebit,

    id. Or. 21, 70:

    (virtus) nec tantarum virium est, ut se ipsa tueatur,

    id. Tusc. 5, 1, 2; id. Fin. 5, 12, 36:

    Sulla gentis patriciae nobilis fuit,

    Sall. J. 95, 3:

    summi ut sint laboris,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 2:

    civitas magnae auctoritatis,

    id. ib. 5, 54:

    refer, Cujus fortunae (sit),

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 54:

    se nullius momenti apud exercitum futurum,

    Nep. Alcib. 8, 4:

    qui ejusdem aetatis fuit,

    id. ib. 11, 1:

    invicti ad laborem corporis erat,

    Liv. 9, 16:

    nec magni certaminis ea dimicatio fuit,

    id. 21, 60:

    somni brevissimi erat,

    Suet. Claud. 33.—So of extent, number, etc.:

    classis centum navium,

    Nep. Them. 2, 2; 2, 5:

    annus trecentarum sexaginta quinque dierum,

    Suet. Caes. 40.—
    (β).
    With abl.:

    bono animo es,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 4:

    jam aetate ea sum, ut, etc.,

    id. Hec. 5, 1, 11:

    bellum varia victoria fuit,

    Sall. J. 5, 1:

    L. Catilina nobili genere natus fuit magna vi et animi et corporis, set ingenio malo,

    id. C. 5, 1:

    Sulla animo ingenti,

    id. J. 95, 3:

    esse magna gratia,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 8:

    tenuissima valetudine esse,

    id. ib. 5, 40:

    si fuerit is injustus, timidus, hebeti ingenio atque nullo,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:

    mira sum alacritate ad litigandum,

    id. Att. 2, 7, 2:

    bono animo sint et tui et mei familiares,

    id. Fam. 6, 18, 1:

    ut bono essent animo,

    id. Rep. 1, 17, 29:

    ut uxores eodem jure sint quo viri,

    id. ib. 1, 43, 67:

    qui capite et superciliis semper est rasis,

    id. Rosc. Com. 7, 20:

    abi, quaere, unde domo quis, Cujus fortunae, quo sit patre quove patrono,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 54 (cf. I. A. 4. supra). —
    3.
    With gen. or abl. of price or value.
    (α).
    With gen.:

    pluris est oculatus testis quam auriti decem,

    Plaut. Truc. 2, 6, 8:

    videtur esse quantivis pretii,

    Ter. And. 5, 2, 15:

    a me argentum, quanti (servus) est, sumito,

    id. Ad. 5, 9, 20:

    si ullo in loco frumentum tanti fuit, quanti iste aestimavit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 84, § 194:

    ager nunc multo pluris est, quam tunc fuit,

    id. Rosc. Com. 12, 33:

    ut quisque, quod plurimi sit, possideat, ita, etc.,

    id. Par. 6, 2, 48:

    magni erunt mihi tuae litterae,

    id. Fam. 15, 15, 4:

    parvi sunt foris arma, nisi, etc.,

    id. Off. 1, 22, 76:

    an emat denario quod sit mille denarium,

    id. ib. 3, 23, 92:

    parvi pretii est quod nihili est,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 4:

    mea mihi conscientia pluris est quam omnium sermo,

    is worth more to me, weighs more with me, id. Att. 12, 28, 2:

    neque pluris pretii cocum quam vilicum habeo,

    Sall. J. 85, 39:

    erat (agellus) centum milium nummum,

    Plin. Ep. 6, 3, 1. —
    (β).
    With abl.: sextante sal et Romae et per totam I i aliam erat, was worth, stood at, Liv. 29, 37.—
    4.
    With gen. of possession, etc., it belongs, pertains to; or it is the part, property, nature, mark, sign, custom, or duty of, etc.
    (α).
    In gen.:

    audiant eos, quorum summa est auctoritas apud, etc.,

    who possess, Cic. Rep. 1, 7, 12:

    ea ut civitatis Rhodiorum essent,

    Liv. 37, 55, 5:

    teneamus eum cursum, qui semper fuit optimi cujusque,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 2, 3:

    quamobrem neque sapientis esse accipere habenas,

    id. ib. 1, 5, 9; id. de Or. 2, 20, 86:

    sapientis est consilium explicare suum, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 81, 333:

    temeritas est florentis aetatis, prudentia senescentis,

    id. Sen. 6, 20:

    est adulescentis majores natu vereri,

    id. Off. 1, 34, 122:

    Aemilius, cujus tum fasces erant,

    Liv. 8, 12, 13:

    tota tribuniciae potestatis erat,

    id. 3, 48:

    alterius morientis prope totus exercitus fuit,

    id. 22, 50:

    jam me Pompeii totum esse scis,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 13, 2:

    hominum, non causarum, toti erant,

    Liv. 3, 36:

    plebs novarum, ut solet, rerum atque Hannibalis tota esse,

    were devoted to, favored, id. 23, 14:

    Dolopes numquam Aetolorum fuerant: Philippi erant,

    id. 38, 3:

    Ptolemaeus propter aetatem alieni arbitrii erat,

    id. 42, 29:

    est miserorum ut malevolentes sint,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 51:

    quod alterum divinitatis mihi cujusdam videtur,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 20, 86:

    negavit moris esse Graecorum, ut, etc.,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 66:

    non est gravitatis ac sapientiae tuae, ferre immoderatius casum incommodorum tuorum,

    id. Fam. 5, 16, 5:

    est hoc Gallicae consuetudinis, uti, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 5.—Rarely with pronom. posses.:

    est tuum, Cato, videre quid agatur,

    Cic. Mur. 38, 83:

    fuit meum quidem jam pridem rem publicam lugere,

    id. Att. 12, 28, 2.—
    (β).
    Esp., with gerundive, to denote tendency, effect, etc.:

    quae res evertendae rei publicae solerent esse,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 53, § 132:

    regium inperium, quod initio conservandae libertatis fuerat,

    Sall. C. 6, 7:

    qui utilia ferrent, quaeque aequandae libertatis essent,

    Liv. 3, 31, 7:

    ea prodendi imperii Romani, tradendae Hannibali victoriae esse,

    id. 27, 9, 12:

    nihil tam aequandae libertatis esse quam potentissimum quemque posse dicere causam,

    id. 38, 51, 8:

    frustrationem eam legis tollendae esse,

    id. 3, 24, 1 Weissenb. ad loc.; 3, 39, 8; 5, 3, 5; 40, 29, 11.—
    5.
    With dat. of the end, object, purpose, etc.:

    vitam hanc rusticam tu probro et crimini putas esse oportere,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 17, 48:

    etiam quae esui potuique non sunt, contineri legato,

    Dig. 33, 9, 3; Gell. 4, 1, 20:

    ut divites conferrent, qui essent oneri ferendo,

    Liv. 2, 9:

    magis vis morbi curae esset, maxime quod, etc.,

    id. 4, 21, 5:

    cum solvendo aere (i. e. aeri) alieno res publica non esset,

    id. 31, 13:

    iniciuntur ea, quae umori extrahendo sunt,

    Cels. 4, 10 fin. — Esp. in phrase solvendo esse, to be solvent, able to pay:

    tu nec solvendo eras,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 2, 4:

    cum solvendo civitates non essent,

    id. Fam. 3, 8, 2 (v. solvo).—
    6.
    With predicative dat. sing., denoting that which the subject is, becomes, appears to be, etc.
    (α).
    Without second dat. of pers.:

    auxilio is fuit,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 94:

    magis curae'st,

    id. Bacch. 4, 10, 3; id. Curc. 4, 2, 15; id. As. 1, 3, 23; id. Capt. 5, 2, 13 sq.:

    cui bono fuerit,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 14, 35:

    eo natus sum ut Jugurthae scelerum ostentui essem,

    Sall. J. 24, 10: cupis me esse nequam;

    tamen ero frugi bonae,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 51:

    magnoque esse argumento, homines scire pleraque antequam nati sint, quod, etc.,

    Cic. Sen. 21, 78:

    multi Indicioque sui facti persaepe fuere, Lucr 4, 1019: ejus rei ipsa verba formulae testimonio sunt,

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 4, 11:

    haec res ad levandam annonam impedimento fuit,

    Liv. 4, 13:

    cujus rei Demosthenes atque Aeschines possunt esse documento,

    Quint. 7, 1, 2.—
    (β).
    With second dat. of pers.:

    obsecro vos ego mi auxilio sitis,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 9, 5; id. Ep. 5, 2, 11; id. Most. 1, 2, 68:

    ne quid Captioni mihi sit,

    id. ib. 3, 3, 19:

    mihi cordi est,

    id. Cist. 1, 1, 110:

    ubi eris damno molestiae et dedecori saepe fueris,

    id. As. 3, 2, 25:

    metuo illaec mihi res ne malo magno fuat,

    id. Mil. 2, 6, 12:

    nec Salus nobis saluti jam esse potest,

    id. Most. 2, 1, 4:

    bono usui estis nulli,

    id. Curc. 4, 2, 15:

    quae sint nobis morbo mortique,

    Lucr. 6, 1095:

    quo magis quae agis curae sunt mihi,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 46:

    omitto innumerabiles viros, quorum singuli saluti huic civitati fuerunt,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1: ut mihi magnae curae tuam vitam ac dignitatem esse scires, Anton. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 8, A fin.:

    accusant ei, quibus occidi patrem Sex. Roscii bono fuit,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 5, 13: haec tam parva [p. 1800] civitas praedae tibi et quaestui fuit, id. Verr. 2, 3, 37, § 85:

    ea dictitare, quae detrimento, maculae, invidiae, infamiae nobis omnibus esse possint,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 62, §

    144: minus ea bella curae patribus erant, quam, etc.,

    Liv. 35, 23, 1:

    sciant patribus aeque curae fuisse, ne, etc.,

    id. 4, 7, 6:

    si hoc perinde curae est tibi quam illud mihi,

    Plin. Ep. 6, 8, 9:

    quantaeque curae tibi fuit, ne quis, etc.,

    id. Pan. 25, 3:

    quantae sit mihi curae,

    id. Ep. 6, 8, 2:

    si judicibus ipsis aut gloriae damnatio rei aut deformitati futura absolutio,

    Quint. 6, 1, 12.—Rarely with dat. gerund:

    nec tamen impedimento id rebus gerundis fuit,

    Liv. 26, 24 (for a full account of this dative, v. Roby, Gram. 2, praef. pp. xxv.-lvi., and § 1158 sq.).—
    7.
    Esse ad aliquid, to be of use for, to serve for:

    vinum murteum est ad alvum crudam,

    Cato, R. R. 125:

    completae naves taeda et pice reliquisque rebus quae sunt ad incendia,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 101:

    valvae, quae olim ad ornandum templum erant maxime,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 56, § 124.—
    8.
    Id est or hoc est, with predic.-clause by way of explanatory addition, that is, that is to say; sometimes also with a climax in the sense, which is as much as to say, or which is the same thing:

    sed domum redeamus, id est ad nostros revertamur,

    Cic. Brut. 46, 172:

    quodsi in scena, id est in contione verum valet, etc.,

    id. Lael. 26, 97:

    meos amicos, in quibus est studium, in Graeciam mitto, id est ad Graecos ire jubeo,

    id. Ac. 1, 2, 8:

    si Epicurum, id est si Democritum probarem,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 6:

    ut (sapiens) aegritudine opprimatur, id est miseria,

    id. Tusc. 3, 13, 27: a parte negotiali, hoc est pragmatikêi, Quint. 3, 7, 1:

    cum in bona tua invasero, hoc est, cum te docuero,

    id. 8, 3, 89.—
    9.
    Poet., with Greek inf. pleonastically:

    esse dederat monumentum,

    Verg. A. 5, 572 (cf.: dôke xeinêion einai, Hom. Il. 10, 269).
    2.
    sum = eum, Enn. ap. Fest., v. is.
    3.
    sum- in composition, for sub before m; v. sub fin.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > sum

Страницы
  • 1
  • 2

См. также в других словарях:

  • Certified Quality Engineer — Certified Quality Engineer, often abbreviated CQE, is a certification given by the American Society for Quality. These engineers are professionally educated in quality engineering and quality control. They are trained in researching and… …   Wikipedia

  • The Things They Carried —   First edition cover …   Wikipedia

  • United Kingdom — a kingdom in NW Europe, consisting of Great Britain and Northern Ireland: formerly comprising Great Britain and Ireland 1801 1922. 58,610,182; 94,242 sq. mi. (244,100 sq. km). Cap.: London. Abbr.: U.K. Official name, United Kingdom of Great… …   Universalium

  • Painterwork — accomplishes two things, namely the preservation and the coloration of the material painted. The compounds used for painting, taking the word as meaning a thin protective or decorative coat, are very numerous, including oil paint of many kinds,… …   Wikipedia

  • dam — dam1 /dam/, n., v., dammed, damming. n. 1. a barrier to obstruct the flow of water, esp. one of earth, masonry, etc., built across a stream or river. 2. a body of water confined by a dam. 3. any barrier resembling a dam. v.t. 4. to furnish with a …   Universalium

  • Dam — /dam, dahm/, n. (Carl Peter) Henrik /kahrl pee ter hen rik/; Dan. /kahrddl pay teuhrdd hen rddik/, 1895 1976, Danish biochemist: Nobel prize for medicine 1943. * * * I Barrier built across a stream, river, or estuary to conserve water for such… …   Universalium

  • salmoniform — ▪ fish Introduction       any member of the order Salmoniformes, a diverse and complex group of fishes. The order consists of about 1,000 species in the freshwaters and in the oceans of the world. Included are the familiar trout, salmon, and pike …   Universalium

  • JUDEO-ARABIC LITERATURE — JUDEO ARABIC LITERATURE, written in Arabic by Jews for Jews. It is written in an idiom which is linguistically closer to the spoken form of Arabic than is the idiom used in Muslim literature. It may plausibly be assumed that, prior to the rise of …   Encyclopedia of Judaism

  • Psyker — Psykers are individuals with psychic abilities in the Warhammer 40,000 fictional universe. Psykers draw their powers from the Warp, and hence are often in danger of daemonic possession and insanity. Psykers of Different Races Most races in the… …   Wikipedia

  • Animal colouration — has been a topic of interest and research in biology for well over a century. Colours may be cryptic (functioning as an adaptation allowing the prevention of prey detection; aposematic (functioning as a warning of unprofitability) or may be the… …   Wikipedia

  • Redemption — • The restoration of man from the bondage of sin to the liberty of the children of God through the satisfactions and merits of Christ Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight. 2006. Redemption     Redemption …   Catholic encyclopedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»